/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/ARCMigrate/ObjCMT.cpp

Bug Summary

File:	clang/lib/ARCMigrate/ObjCMT.cpp
Warning:	line 1375, column 7 Called C++ object pointer is null

Annotated Source Code

Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts

Show analyzer invocation

clang -cc1 -triple x86_64-pc-linux-gnu -analyze -disable-free -disable-llvm-verifier -discard-value-names -main-file-name ObjCMT.cpp -analyzer-store=region -analyzer-opt-analyze-nested-blocks -analyzer-checker=core -analyzer-checker=apiModeling -analyzer-checker=unix -analyzer-checker=deadcode -analyzer-checker=cplusplus -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.UncheckedReturn -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.getpw -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.gets -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.mktemp -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.mkstemp -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.vfork -analyzer-checker=nullability.NullPassedToNonnull -analyzer-checker=nullability.NullReturnedFromNonnull -analyzer-output plist -w -setup-static-analyzer -analyzer-config-compatibility-mode=true -mrelocation-model pic -pic-level 2 -mthread-model posix -mframe-pointer=none -relaxed-aliasing -fmath-errno -fno-rounding-math -masm-verbose -mconstructor-aliases -munwind-tables -target-cpu x86-64 -dwarf-column-info -fno-split-dwarf-inlining -debugger-tuning=gdb -ffunction-sections -fdata-sections -resource-dir /usr/lib/llvm-10/lib/clang/10.0.0 -D CLANG_VENDOR="Debian " -D _DEBUG -D _GNU_SOURCE -D __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS -D __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS -D __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/build-llvm/tools/clang/lib/ARCMigrate -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/ARCMigrate -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/build-llvm/tools/clang/include -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/build-llvm/include -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/llvm/include -U NDEBUG -internal-isystem /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-linux-gnu/6.3.0/../../../../include/c++/6.3.0 -internal-isystem /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-linux-gnu/6.3.0/../../../../include/x86_64-linux-gnu/c++/6.3.0 -internal-isystem /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-linux-gnu/6.3.0/../../../../include/x86_64-linux-gnu/c++/6.3.0 -internal-isystem /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-linux-gnu/6.3.0/../../../../include/c++/6.3.0/backward -internal-isystem /usr/local/include -internal-isystem /usr/lib/llvm-10/lib/clang/10.0.0/include -internal-externc-isystem /usr/include/x86_64-linux-gnu -internal-externc-isystem /include -internal-externc-isystem /usr/include -O2 -Wno-unused-parameter -Wwrite-strings -Wno-missing-field-initializers -Wno-long-long -Wno-maybe-uninitialized -Wno-comment -std=c++14 -fdeprecated-macro -fdebug-compilation-dir /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/build-llvm/tools/clang/lib/ARCMigrate -fdebug-prefix-map=/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814=. -ferror-limit 19 -fmessage-length 0 -fvisibility-inlines-hidden -stack-protector 2 -fgnuc-version=4.2.1 -fobjc-runtime=gcc -fno-common -fdiagnostics-show-option -vectorize-loops -vectorize-slp -analyzer-output=html -analyzer-config stable-report-filename=true -faddrsig -o /tmp/scan-build-2020-01-11-115256-23437-1 -x c++ /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/ARCMigrate/ObjCMT.cpp

/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/ARCMigrate/ObjCMT.cpp

→

1//===--- ObjCMT.cpp - ObjC Migrate Tool -----------------------------------===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

9#include "Transforms.h"
10#include "clang/Analysis/RetainSummaryManager.h"
11#include "clang/ARCMigrate/ARCMT.h"
12#include "clang/ARCMigrate/ARCMTActions.h"
13#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
15#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
16#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
17#include "clang/AST/ParentMap.h"
18#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
19#include "clang/Analysis/DomainSpecific/CocoaConventions.h"
20#include "clang/Basic/FileManager.h"
21#include "clang/Edit/Commit.h"
22#include "clang/Edit/EditedSource.h"
23#include "clang/Edit/EditsReceiver.h"
24#include "clang/Edit/Rewriters.h"
25#include "clang/Frontend/CompilerInstance.h"
26#include "clang/Frontend/MultiplexConsumer.h"
27#include "clang/Lex/PPConditionalDirectiveRecord.h"
28#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
29#include "clang/Rewrite/Core/Rewriter.h"
30#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
31#include "llvm/ADT/StringSet.h"
32#include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
33#include "llvm/Support/SourceMgr.h"
34#include "llvm/Support/YAMLParser.h"

36using namespace clang;
37using namespace arcmt;
38using namespace ento;

40namespace {

42class ObjCMigrateASTConsumer : public ASTConsumer {
enum CF_BRIDGING_KIND {
  CF_BRIDGING_NONE,
  CF_BRIDGING_ENABLE,
  CF_BRIDGING_MAY_INCLUDE
};

void migrateDecl(Decl *D);
void migrateObjCContainerDecl(ASTContext &Ctx, ObjCContainerDecl *D);
void migrateProtocolConformance(ASTContext &Ctx,
                                const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl);
void CacheObjCNSIntegerTypedefed(const TypedefDecl *TypedefDcl);
bool migrateNSEnumDecl(ASTContext &Ctx, const EnumDecl *EnumDcl,
                   const TypedefDecl *TypedefDcl);
void migrateAllMethodInstaceType(ASTContext &Ctx, ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
void migrateMethodInstanceType(ASTContext &Ctx, ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
                               ObjCMethodDecl *OM);
bool migrateProperty(ASTContext &Ctx, ObjCContainerDecl *D, ObjCMethodDecl *OM);
void migrateNsReturnsInnerPointer(ASTContext &Ctx, ObjCMethodDecl *OM);
void migratePropertyNsReturnsInnerPointer(ASTContext &Ctx, ObjCPropertyDecl *P);
void migrateFactoryMethod(ASTContext &Ctx, ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
                          ObjCMethodDecl *OM,
                          ObjCInstanceTypeFamily OIT_Family = OIT_None);

void migrateCFAnnotation(ASTContext &Ctx, const Decl *Decl);
void AddCFAnnotations(ASTContext &Ctx,
                      const RetainSummary *RS,
                      const FunctionDecl *FuncDecl, bool ResultAnnotated);
void AddCFAnnotations(ASTContext &Ctx,
                      const RetainSummary *RS,
                      const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, bool ResultAnnotated);

void AnnotateImplicitBridging(ASTContext &Ctx);

CF_BRIDGING_KIND migrateAddFunctionAnnotation(ASTContext &Ctx,
                                              const FunctionDecl *FuncDecl);

void migrateARCSafeAnnotation(ASTContext &Ctx, ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);

void migrateAddMethodAnnotation(ASTContext &Ctx,
                                const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl);

void inferDesignatedInitializers(ASTContext &Ctx,
                                 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD);

bool InsertFoundation(ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation Loc);

std::unique_ptr<RetainSummaryManager> Summaries;

91public:
std::string MigrateDir;
unsigned ASTMigrateActions;
FileID FileId;
const TypedefDecl *NSIntegerTypedefed;
const TypedefDecl *NSUIntegerTypedefed;
std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
std::unique_ptr<edit::EditedSource> Editor;
FileRemapper &Remapper;
FileManager &FileMgr;
const PPConditionalDirectiveRecord *PPRec;
Preprocessor &PP;
bool IsOutputFile;
bool FoundationIncluded;
llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 32> ObjCProtocolDecls;
llvm::SmallVector<const Decl *, 8> CFFunctionIBCandidates;
llvm::StringSet<> WhiteListFilenames;

RetainSummaryManager &getSummaryManager(ASTContext &Ctx) {
  if (!Summaries)
    Summaries.reset(new RetainSummaryManager(Ctx,
                                             /*TrackNSCFObjects=*/true,
                                             /*trackOSObjects=*/false));
  return *Summaries;
}

ObjCMigrateASTConsumer(StringRef migrateDir,
                       unsigned astMigrateActions,
                       FileRemapper &remapper,
                       FileManager &fileMgr,
                       const PPConditionalDirectiveRecord *PPRec,
                       Preprocessor &PP,
                       bool isOutputFile,
                       ArrayRef<std::string> WhiteList)
: MigrateDir(migrateDir),
  ASTMigrateActions(astMigrateActions),
  NSIntegerTypedefed(nullptr), NSUIntegerTypedefed(nullptr),
  Remapper(remapper), FileMgr(fileMgr), PPRec(PPRec), PP(PP),
  IsOutputFile(isOutputFile),
  FoundationIncluded(false){

  // FIXME: StringSet should have insert(iter, iter) to use here.
  for (const std::string &Val : WhiteList)
    WhiteListFilenames.insert(Val);
}

137protected:
void Initialize(ASTContext &Context) override {
  NSAPIObj.reset(new NSAPI(Context));
  Editor.reset(new edit::EditedSource(Context.getSourceManager(),
                                      Context.getLangOpts(),
                                      PPRec));
}

bool HandleTopLevelDecl(DeclGroupRef DG) override {
  for (DeclGroupRef::iterator I = DG.begin(), E = DG.end(); I != E; ++I)
    migrateDecl(*I);
  return true;
}
void HandleInterestingDecl(DeclGroupRef DG) override {
  // Ignore decls from the PCH.
}
void HandleTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(DeclGroupRef DG) override {
  ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::HandleTopLevelDecl(DG);
}

void HandleTranslationUnit(ASTContext &Ctx) override;

bool canModifyFile(StringRef Path) {
  if (WhiteListFilenames.empty())
    return true;
  return WhiteListFilenames.find(llvm::sys::path::filename(Path))
      != WhiteListFilenames.end();
}
bool canModifyFile(const FileEntry *FE) {
  if (!FE)
    return false;
  return canModifyFile(FE->getName());
}
bool canModifyFile(FileID FID) {
  if (FID.isInvalid())
    return false;
  return canModifyFile(PP.getSourceManager().getFileEntryForID(FID));
}

bool canModify(const Decl *D) {
  if (!D)
    return false;
  if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatImpl = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(D))
    return canModify(CatImpl->getCategoryDecl());
  if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D))
    return canModify(Impl->getClassInterface());
  if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
    return canModify(cast<Decl>(MD->getDeclContext()));

  FileID FID = PP.getSourceManager().getFileID(D->getLocation());
  return canModifyFile(FID);
}
189};

191} // end anonymous namespace

193ObjCMigrateAction::ObjCMigrateAction(
                                std::unique_ptr<FrontendAction> WrappedAction,
                                   StringRef migrateDir,
                                   unsigned migrateAction)
: WrapperFrontendAction(std::move(WrappedAction)), MigrateDir(migrateDir),
  ObjCMigAction(migrateAction),
  CompInst(nullptr) {
if (MigrateDir.empty())
  MigrateDir = "."; // user current directory if none is given.
202}

204std::unique_ptr<ASTConsumer>
205ObjCMigrateAction::CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI, StringRef InFile) {
PPConditionalDirectiveRecord *
  PPRec = new PPConditionalDirectiveRecord(CompInst->getSourceManager());
CI.getPreprocessor().addPPCallbacks(std::unique_ptr<PPCallbacks>(PPRec));
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<ASTConsumer>> Consumers;
Consumers.push_back(WrapperFrontendAction::CreateASTConsumer(CI, InFile));
Consumers.push_back(std::make_unique<ObjCMigrateASTConsumer>(
    MigrateDir, ObjCMigAction, Remapper, CompInst->getFileManager(), PPRec,
    CompInst->getPreprocessor(), false, None));
return std::make_unique<MultiplexConsumer>(std::move(Consumers));
215}

217bool ObjCMigrateAction::BeginInvocation(CompilerInstance &CI) {
Remapper.initFromDisk(MigrateDir, CI.getDiagnostics(),
                      /*ignoreIfFilesChanged=*/true);
CompInst = &CI;
CI.getDiagnostics().setIgnoreAllWarnings(true);
return true;
223}

225namespace {
// FIXME. This duplicates one in RewriteObjCFoundationAPI.cpp
bool subscriptOperatorNeedsParens(const Expr *FullExpr) {
  const Expr* Expr = FullExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
  return !(isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(Expr) || isa<CallExpr>(Expr) ||
           isa<DeclRefExpr>(Expr) || isa<CXXNamedCastExpr>(Expr) ||
           isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Expr) || isa<CXXThisExpr>(Expr) ||
           isa<CXXTypeidExpr>(Expr) ||
           isa<CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr>(Expr) ||
           isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Expr) || isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(Expr) ||
           isa<ObjCProtocolExpr>(Expr) || isa<MemberExpr>(Expr) ||
           isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(Expr) || isa<ParenExpr>(FullExpr) ||
           isa<ParenListExpr>(Expr) || isa<SizeOfPackExpr>(Expr));
}

/// - Rewrite message expression for Objective-C setter and getters into
/// property-dot syntax.
bool rewriteToPropertyDotSyntax(const ObjCMessageExpr *Msg,
                                Preprocessor &PP,
                                const NSAPI &NS, edit::Commit &commit,
                                const ParentMap *PMap) {
  if (!Msg || Msg->isImplicit() ||
      (Msg->getReceiverKind() != ObjCMessageExpr::Instance &&
       Msg->getReceiverKind() != ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance))
    return false;
  if (const Expr *Receiver = Msg->getInstanceReceiver())
    if (Receiver->getType()->isObjCBuiltinType())
      return false;

  const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = Msg->getMethodDecl();
  if (!Method)
    return false;
  if (!Method->isPropertyAccessor())
    return false;

  const ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Method->findPropertyDecl();
  if (!Prop)
    return false;

  SourceRange MsgRange = Msg->getSourceRange();
  bool ReceiverIsSuper =
    (Msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance);
  // for 'super' receiver is nullptr.
  const Expr *receiver = Msg->getInstanceReceiver();
  bool NeedsParen =
    ReceiverIsSuper ? false : subscriptOperatorNeedsParens(receiver);
  bool IsGetter = (Msg->getNumArgs() == 0);
  if (IsGetter) {
    // Find space location range between receiver expression and getter method.
    SourceLocation BegLoc =
        ReceiverIsSuper ? Msg->getSuperLoc() : receiver->getEndLoc();
    BegLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BegLoc);
    SourceLocation EndLoc = Msg->getSelectorLoc(0);
    SourceRange SpaceRange(BegLoc, EndLoc);
    std::string PropertyDotString;
    // rewrite getter method expression into: receiver.property or
    // (receiver).property
    if (NeedsParen) {
      commit.insertBefore(receiver->getBeginLoc(), "(");
      PropertyDotString = ").";
    }
    else
      PropertyDotString = ".";
    PropertyDotString += Prop->getName();
    commit.replace(SpaceRange, PropertyDotString);

    // remove '[' ']'
    commit.replace(SourceRange(MsgRange.getBegin(), MsgRange.getBegin()), "");
    commit.replace(SourceRange(MsgRange.getEnd(), MsgRange.getEnd()), "");
  } else {
    if (NeedsParen)
      commit.insertWrap("(", receiver->getSourceRange(), ")");
    std::string PropertyDotString = ".";
    PropertyDotString += Prop->getName();
    PropertyDotString += " =";
    const Expr*const* Args = Msg->getArgs();
    const Expr *RHS = Args[0];
    if (!RHS)
      return false;
    SourceLocation BegLoc =
        ReceiverIsSuper ? Msg->getSuperLoc() : receiver->getEndLoc();
    BegLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BegLoc);
    SourceLocation EndLoc = RHS->getBeginLoc();
    EndLoc = EndLoc.getLocWithOffset(-1);
    const char *colon = PP.getSourceManager().getCharacterData(EndLoc);
    // Add a space after '=' if there is no space between RHS and '='
    if (colon && colon[0] == ':')
      PropertyDotString += " ";
    SourceRange Range(BegLoc, EndLoc);
    commit.replace(Range, PropertyDotString);
    // remove '[' ']'
    commit.replace(SourceRange(MsgRange.getBegin(), MsgRange.getBegin()), "");
    commit.replace(SourceRange(MsgRange.getEnd(), MsgRange.getEnd()), "");
  }
  return true;
}

322class ObjCMigrator : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ObjCMigrator> {
ObjCMigrateASTConsumer &Consumer;
ParentMap &PMap;

326public:
ObjCMigrator(ObjCMigrateASTConsumer &consumer, ParentMap &PMap)
  : Consumer(consumer), PMap(PMap) { }

bool shouldVisitTemplateInstantiations() const { return false; }
bool shouldWalkTypesOfTypeLocs() const { return false; }

bool VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {
  if (Consumer.ASTMigrateActions & FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_Literals) {
    edit::Commit commit(*Consumer.Editor);
    edit::rewriteToObjCLiteralSyntax(E, *Consumer.NSAPIObj, commit, &PMap);
    Consumer.Editor->commit(commit);
  }

  if (Consumer.ASTMigrateActions & FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_Subscripting) {
    edit::Commit commit(*Consumer.Editor);
    edit::rewriteToObjCSubscriptSyntax(E, *Consumer.NSAPIObj, commit);
    Consumer.Editor->commit(commit);
  }

  if (Consumer.ASTMigrateActions & FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_PropertyDotSyntax) {
    edit::Commit commit(*Consumer.Editor);
    rewriteToPropertyDotSyntax(E, Consumer.PP, *Consumer.NSAPIObj,
                               commit, &PMap);
    Consumer.Editor->commit(commit);
  }

  return true;
}

bool TraverseObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {
  // Do depth first; we want to rewrite the subexpressions first so that if
  // we have to move expressions we will move them already rewritten.
  for (Stmt *SubStmt : E->children())
    if (!TraverseStmt(SubStmt))
      return false;

  return WalkUpFromObjCMessageExpr(E);
}
365};

367class BodyMigrator : public RecursiveASTVisitor<BodyMigrator> {
ObjCMigrateASTConsumer &Consumer;
std::unique_ptr<ParentMap> PMap;

371public:
BodyMigrator(ObjCMigrateASTConsumer &consumer) : Consumer(consumer) { }

bool shouldVisitTemplateInstantiations() const { return false; }
bool shouldWalkTypesOfTypeLocs() const { return false; }

bool TraverseStmt(Stmt *S) {
  PMap.reset(new ParentMap(S));
  ObjCMigrator(Consumer, *PMap).TraverseStmt(S);
  return true;
}
382};
383} // end anonymous namespace

385void ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::migrateDecl(Decl *D) {
if (!D)
  return;
if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
  return; // Wait for the ObjC container declaration.

BodyMigrator(*this).TraverseDecl(D);
392}

394static void append_attr(std::string &PropertyString, const char *attr,
                      bool &LParenAdded) {
if (!LParenAdded) {
  PropertyString += "(";
  LParenAdded = true;
}
else
  PropertyString += ", ";
PropertyString += attr;
403}

405static
406void MigrateBlockOrFunctionPointerTypeVariable(std::string & PropertyString,
                                             const std::string& TypeString,
                                             const char *name) {
const char *argPtr = TypeString.c_str();
int paren = 0;
while (*argPtr) {
  switch (*argPtr) {
    case '(':
      PropertyString += *argPtr;
      paren++;
      break;
    case ')':
      PropertyString += *argPtr;
      paren--;
      break;
    case '^':
    case '*':
      PropertyString += (*argPtr);
      if (paren == 1) {
        PropertyString += name;
        name = "";
      }
      break;
    default:
      PropertyString += *argPtr;
      break;
  }
  argPtr++;
}
435}

437static const char *PropertyMemoryAttribute(ASTContext &Context, QualType ArgType) {
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime propertyLifetime = ArgType.getObjCLifetime();
bool RetainableObject = ArgType->isObjCRetainableType();
if (RetainableObject &&
    (propertyLifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong
     || propertyLifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None)) {
  if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjPtrTy =
      ArgType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = ObjPtrTy->getObjectType()->getInterface();
    if (IDecl &&
        IDecl->lookupNestedProtocol(&Context.Idents.get("NSCopying")))
      return "copy";
    else
      return "strong";
  }
  else if (ArgType->isBlockPointerType())
    return "copy";
} else if (propertyLifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)
  // TODO. More precise determination of 'weak' attribute requires
  // looking into setter's implementation for backing weak ivar.
  return "weak";
else if (RetainableObject)
  return ArgType->isBlockPointerType() ? "copy" : "strong";
return nullptr;
461}

463static void rewriteToObjCProperty(const ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
                                const ObjCMethodDecl *Setter,
                                const NSAPI &NS, edit::Commit &commit,
                                unsigned LengthOfPrefix,
                                bool Atomic, bool UseNsIosOnlyMacro,
                                bool AvailabilityArgsMatch) {
ASTContext &Context = NS.getASTContext();
bool LParenAdded = false;
std::string PropertyString = "@property ";
if (UseNsIosOnlyMacro && NS.isMacroDefined("NS_NONATOMIC_IOSONLY")) {
  PropertyString += "(NS_NONATOMIC_IOSONLY";
  LParenAdded = true;
} else if (!Atomic) {
  PropertyString += "(nonatomic";
  LParenAdded = true;
}

std::string PropertyNameString = Getter->getNameAsString();
StringRef PropertyName(PropertyNameString);
if (LengthOfPrefix > 0) {
  if (!LParenAdded) {
    PropertyString += "(getter=";
    LParenAdded = true;
  }
  else
    PropertyString += ", getter=";
  PropertyString += PropertyNameString;
}
// Property with no setter may be suggested as a 'readonly' property.
if (!Setter)
  append_attr(PropertyString, "readonly", LParenAdded);


// Short circuit 'delegate' properties that contain the name "delegate" or
// "dataSource", or have exact name "target" to have 'assign' attribute.
if (PropertyName.equals("target") ||
    (PropertyName.find("delegate") != StringRef::npos) ||
    (PropertyName.find("dataSource") != StringRef::npos)) {
  QualType QT = Getter->getReturnType();
  if (!QT->isRealType())
    append_attr(PropertyString, "assign", LParenAdded);
} else if (!Setter) {
  QualType ResType = Context.getCanonicalType(Getter->getReturnType());
  if (const char *MemoryManagementAttr = PropertyMemoryAttribute(Context, ResType))
    append_attr(PropertyString, MemoryManagementAttr, LParenAdded);
} else {
  const ParmVarDecl *argDecl = *Setter->param_begin();
  QualType ArgType = Context.getCanonicalType(argDecl->getType());
  if (const char *MemoryManagementAttr = PropertyMemoryAttribute(Context, ArgType))
    append_attr(PropertyString, MemoryManagementAttr, LParenAdded);
}
if (LParenAdded)
  PropertyString += ')';
QualType RT = Getter->getReturnType();
if (!isa<TypedefType>(RT)) {
  // strip off any ARC lifetime qualifier.
  QualType CanResultTy = Context.getCanonicalType(RT);
  if (CanResultTy.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) {
    Qualifiers Qs = CanResultTy.getQualifiers();
    Qs.removeObjCLifetime();
    RT = Context.getQualifiedType(CanResultTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs);
  }
}
PropertyString += " ";
PrintingPolicy SubPolicy(Context.getPrintingPolicy());
SubPolicy.SuppressStrongLifetime = true;
SubPolicy.SuppressLifetimeQualifiers = true;
std::string TypeString = RT.getAsString(SubPolicy);
if (LengthOfPrefix > 0) {
  // property name must strip off "is" and lower case the first character
  // after that; e.g. isContinuous will become continuous.
  StringRef PropertyNameStringRef(PropertyNameString);
  PropertyNameStringRef = PropertyNameStringRef.drop_front(LengthOfPrefix);
  PropertyNameString = PropertyNameStringRef;
  bool NoLowering = (isUppercase(PropertyNameString[0]) &&
                     PropertyNameString.size() > 1 &&
                     isUppercase(PropertyNameString[1]));
  if (!NoLowering)
    PropertyNameString[0] = toLowercase(PropertyNameString[0]);
}
if (RT->isBlockPointerType() || RT->isFunctionPointerType())
  MigrateBlockOrFunctionPointerTypeVariable(PropertyString,
                                            TypeString,
                                            PropertyNameString.c_str());
else {
  char LastChar = TypeString[TypeString.size()-1];
  PropertyString += TypeString;
  if (LastChar != '*')
    PropertyString += ' ';
  PropertyString += PropertyNameString;
}
SourceLocation StartGetterSelectorLoc = Getter->getSelectorStartLoc();
Selector GetterSelector = Getter->getSelector();

SourceLocation EndGetterSelectorLoc =
  StartGetterSelectorLoc.getLocWithOffset(GetterSelector.getNameForSlot(0).size());
commit.replace(CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Getter->getBeginLoc(),
                                             EndGetterSelectorLoc),
               PropertyString);
if (Setter && AvailabilityArgsMatch) {
  SourceLocation EndLoc = Setter->getDeclaratorEndLoc();
  // Get location past ';'
  EndLoc = EndLoc.getLocWithOffset(1);
  SourceLocation BeginOfSetterDclLoc = Setter->getBeginLoc();
  // FIXME. This assumes that setter decl; is immediately preceded by eoln.
  // It is trying to remove the setter method decl. line entirely.
  BeginOfSetterDclLoc = BeginOfSetterDclLoc.getLocWithOffset(-1);
  commit.remove(SourceRange(BeginOfSetterDclLoc, EndLoc));
}
572}

574static bool IsCategoryNameWithDeprecatedSuffix(ObjCContainerDecl *D) {
if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CatDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) {
  StringRef Name = CatDecl->getName();
  return Name.endswith("Deprecated");
}
return false;
580}

582void ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::migrateObjCContainerDecl(ASTContext &Ctx,
                                                    ObjCContainerDecl *D) {
if (D->isDeprecated() || IsCategoryNameWithDeprecatedSuffix(D))
  return;

for (auto *Method : D->methods()) {
  if (Method->isDeprecated())
    continue;
  bool PropertyInferred = migrateProperty(Ctx, D, Method);
  // If a property is inferred, do not attempt to attach NS_RETURNS_INNER_POINTER to
  // the getter method as it ends up on the property itself which we don't want
  // to do unless -objcmt-returns-innerpointer-property  option is on.
  if (!PropertyInferred ||
      (ASTMigrateActions & FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_ReturnsInnerPointerProperty))
    if (ASTMigrateActions & FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_Annotation)
      migrateNsReturnsInnerPointer(Ctx, Method);
}
if (!(ASTMigrateActions & FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_ReturnsInnerPointerProperty))
  return;

for (auto *Prop : D->instance_properties()) {
  if ((ASTMigrateActions & FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_Annotation) &&
      !Prop->isDeprecated())
    migratePropertyNsReturnsInnerPointer(Ctx, Prop);
}
607}

609static bool
610ClassImplementsAllMethodsAndProperties(ASTContext &Ctx,
                                    const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
                                     const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl,
                                    ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol) {
// In auto-synthesis, protocol properties are not synthesized. So,
// a conforming protocol must have its required properties declared
// in class interface.
bool HasAtleastOneRequiredProperty = false;
if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = Protocol->getDefinition())
  for (const auto *Property : PDecl->instance_properties()) {
    if (Property->getPropertyImplementation() == ObjCPropertyDecl::Optional)
      continue;
    HasAtleastOneRequiredProperty = true;
    DeclContext::lookup_result R = IDecl->lookup(Property->getDeclName());
    if (R.size() == 0) {
      // Relax the rule and look into class's implementation for a synthesize
      // or dynamic declaration. Class is implementing a property coming from
      // another protocol. This still makes the target protocol as conforming.
      if (!ImpDecl->FindPropertyImplDecl(
                                Property->getDeclName().getAsIdentifierInfo(),
                                Property->getQueryKind()))
        return false;
    }
    else if (ObjCPropertyDecl *ClassProperty = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(R[0])) {
        if ((ClassProperty->getPropertyAttributes()
            != Property->getPropertyAttributes()) ||
            !Ctx.hasSameType(ClassProperty->getType(), Property->getType()))
          return false;
    }
    else
      return false;
  }

// At this point, all required properties in this protocol conform to those
// declared in the class.
// Check that class implements the required methods of the protocol too.
bool HasAtleastOneRequiredMethod = false;
if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = Protocol->getDefinition()) {
  if (PDecl->meth_begin() == PDecl->meth_end())
    return HasAtleastOneRequiredProperty;
  for (const auto *MD : PDecl->methods()) {
    if (MD->isImplicit())
      continue;
    if (MD->getImplementationControl() == ObjCMethodDecl::Optional)
      continue;
    DeclContext::lookup_result R = ImpDecl->lookup(MD->getDeclName());
    if (R.size() == 0)
      return false;
    bool match = false;
    HasAtleastOneRequiredMethod = true;
    for (unsigned I = 0, N = R.size(); I != N; ++I)
      if (ObjCMethodDecl *ImpMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(R[0]))
        if (Ctx.ObjCMethodsAreEqual(MD, ImpMD)) {
          match = true;
          break;
        }
    if (!match)
      return false;
  }
}
return HasAtleastOneRequiredProperty || HasAtleastOneRequiredMethod;
671}

673static bool rewriteToObjCInterfaceDecl(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl,
                  llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl*> &ConformingProtocols,
                  const NSAPI &NS, edit::Commit &commit) {
const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols = IDecl->getReferencedProtocols();
std::string ClassString;
SourceLocation EndLoc =
IDecl->getSuperClass() ? IDecl->getSuperClassLoc() : IDecl->getLocation();

if (Protocols.empty()) {
  ClassString = '<';
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = ConformingProtocols.size(); i != e; i++) {
    ClassString += ConformingProtocols[i]->getNameAsString();
    if (i != (e-1))
      ClassString += ", ";
  }
  ClassString += "> ";
}
else {
  ClassString = ", ";
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = ConformingProtocols.size(); i != e; i++) {
    ClassString += ConformingProtocols[i]->getNameAsString();
    if (i != (e-1))
      ClassString += ", ";
  }
  ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_loc_iterator PL = IDecl->protocol_loc_end() - 1;
  EndLoc = *PL;
}

commit.insertAfterToken(EndLoc, ClassString);
return true;
703}

705static StringRef GetUnsignedName(StringRef NSIntegerName) {
StringRef UnsignedName = llvm::StringSwitch<StringRef>(NSIntegerName)
  .Case("int8_t", "uint8_t")
  .Case("int16_t", "uint16_t")
  .Case("int32_t", "uint32_t")
  .Case("NSInteger", "NSUInteger")
  .Case("int64_t", "uint64_t")
  .Default(NSIntegerName);
return UnsignedName;
714}

716static bool rewriteToNSEnumDecl(const EnumDecl *EnumDcl,
                              const TypedefDecl *TypedefDcl,
                              const NSAPI &NS, edit::Commit &commit,
                              StringRef NSIntegerName,
                              bool NSOptions) {
std::string ClassString;
if (NSOptions) {
  ClassString = "typedef NS_OPTIONS(";
  ClassString += GetUnsignedName(NSIntegerName);
}
else {
  ClassString = "typedef NS_ENUM(";
  ClassString += NSIntegerName;
}
ClassString += ", ";

ClassString += TypedefDcl->getIdentifier()->getName();
ClassString += ')';
SourceRange R(EnumDcl->getBeginLoc(), EnumDcl->getBeginLoc());
commit.replace(R, ClassString);
SourceLocation EndOfEnumDclLoc = EnumDcl->getEndLoc();
EndOfEnumDclLoc = trans::findSemiAfterLocation(EndOfEnumDclLoc,
                                               NS.getASTContext(), /*IsDecl*/true);
if (EndOfEnumDclLoc.isValid()) {
  SourceRange EnumDclRange(EnumDcl->getBeginLoc(), EndOfEnumDclLoc);
  commit.insertFromRange(TypedefDcl->getBeginLoc(), EnumDclRange);
}
else
  return false;

SourceLocation EndTypedefDclLoc = TypedefDcl->getEndLoc();
EndTypedefDclLoc = trans::findSemiAfterLocation(EndTypedefDclLoc,
                                               NS.getASTContext(), /*IsDecl*/true);
if (EndTypedefDclLoc.isValid()) {
  SourceRange TDRange(TypedefDcl->getBeginLoc(), EndTypedefDclLoc);
  commit.remove(TDRange);
}
else
  return false;

EndOfEnumDclLoc =
    trans::findLocationAfterSemi(EnumDcl->getEndLoc(), NS.getASTContext(),
                                 /*IsDecl*/ true);
if (EndOfEnumDclLoc.isValid()) {
  SourceLocation BeginOfEnumDclLoc = EnumDcl->getBeginLoc();
  // FIXME. This assumes that enum decl; is immediately preceded by eoln.
  // It is trying to remove the enum decl. lines entirely.
  BeginOfEnumDclLoc = BeginOfEnumDclLoc.getLocWithOffset(-1);
  commit.remove(SourceRange(BeginOfEnumDclLoc, EndOfEnumDclLoc));
  return true;
}
return false;
768}

770static void rewriteToNSMacroDecl(ASTContext &Ctx,
                               const EnumDecl *EnumDcl,
                              const TypedefDecl *TypedefDcl,
                              const NSAPI &NS, edit::Commit &commit,
                               bool IsNSIntegerType) {
QualType DesignatedEnumType = EnumDcl->getIntegerType();
assert(!DesignatedEnumType.isNull()((!DesignatedEnumType.isNull() && "rewriteToNSMacroDecl - underlying enum type is null"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!DesignatedEnumType.isNull() && \"rewriteToNSMacroDecl - underlying enum type is null\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/ARCMigrate/ObjCMT.cpp"
, 777, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
       && "rewriteToNSMacroDecl - underlying enum type is null")((!DesignatedEnumType.isNull() && "rewriteToNSMacroDecl - underlying enum type is null"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!DesignatedEnumType.isNull() && \"rewriteToNSMacroDecl - underlying enum type is null\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/ARCMigrate/ObjCMT.cpp"
, 777, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

PrintingPolicy Policy(Ctx.getPrintingPolicy());
std::string TypeString = DesignatedEnumType.getAsString(Policy);
std::string ClassString = IsNSIntegerType ? "NS_ENUM(" : "NS_OPTIONS(";
ClassString += TypeString;
ClassString += ", ";

ClassString += TypedefDcl->getIdentifier()->getName();
ClassString += ") ";
SourceLocation EndLoc = EnumDcl->getBraceRange().getBegin();
if (EndLoc.isInvalid())
  return;
CharSourceRange R =
    CharSourceRange::getCharRange(EnumDcl->getBeginLoc(), EndLoc);
commit.replace(R, ClassString);
// This is to remove spaces between '}' and typedef name.
SourceLocation StartTypedefLoc = EnumDcl->getEndLoc();
StartTypedefLoc = StartTypedefLoc.getLocWithOffset(+1);
SourceLocation EndTypedefLoc = TypedefDcl->getEndLoc();

commit.remove(SourceRange(StartTypedefLoc, EndTypedefLoc));
799}

801static bool UseNSOptionsMacro(Preprocessor &PP, ASTContext &Ctx,
                            const EnumDecl *EnumDcl) {
bool PowerOfTwo = true;
bool AllHexdecimalEnumerator = true;
uint64_t MaxPowerOfTwoVal = 0;
for (auto Enumerator : EnumDcl->enumerators()) {
  const Expr *InitExpr = Enumerator->getInitExpr();
  if (!InitExpr) {
    PowerOfTwo = false;
    AllHexdecimalEnumerator = false;
    continue;
  }
  InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
  if (const BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr))
    if (BO->isShiftOp() || BO->isBitwiseOp())
      return true;

  uint64_t EnumVal = Enumerator->getInitVal().getZExtValue();
  if (PowerOfTwo && EnumVal) {
    if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(EnumVal))
      PowerOfTwo = false;
    else if (EnumVal > MaxPowerOfTwoVal)
      MaxPowerOfTwoVal = EnumVal;
  }
  if (AllHexdecimalEnumerator && EnumVal) {
    bool FoundHexdecimalEnumerator = false;
    SourceLocation EndLoc = Enumerator->getEndLoc();
    Token Tok;
    if (!PP.getRawToken(EndLoc, Tok, /*IgnoreWhiteSpace=*/true))
      if (Tok.isLiteral() && Tok.getLength() > 2) {
        if (const char *StringLit = Tok.getLiteralData())
          FoundHexdecimalEnumerator =
            (StringLit[0] == '0' && (toLowercase(StringLit[1]) == 'x'));
      }
    if (!FoundHexdecimalEnumerator)
      AllHexdecimalEnumerator = false;
  }
}
return AllHexdecimalEnumerator || (PowerOfTwo && (MaxPowerOfTwoVal > 2));
840}

842void ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::migrateProtocolConformance(ASTContext &Ctx,
                                          const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl) {
const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = ImpDecl->getClassInterface();
if (!IDecl || ObjCProtocolDecls.empty() || IDecl->isDeprecated())
  return;
// Find all implicit conforming protocols for this class
// and make them explicit.
llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> ExplicitProtocols;
Ctx.CollectInheritedProtocols(IDecl, ExplicitProtocols);
llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> PotentialImplicitProtocols;

for (ObjCProtocolDecl *ProtDecl : ObjCProtocolDecls)
  if (!ExplicitProtocols.count(ProtDecl))
    PotentialImplicitProtocols.push_back(ProtDecl);

if (PotentialImplicitProtocols.empty())
  return;

// go through list of non-optional methods and properties in each protocol
// in the PotentialImplicitProtocols list. If class implements every one of the
// methods and properties, then this class conforms to this protocol.
llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> ConformingProtocols;
for (unsigned i = 0, e = PotentialImplicitProtocols.size(); i != e; i++)
  if (ClassImplementsAllMethodsAndProperties(Ctx, ImpDecl, IDecl,
                                            PotentialImplicitProtocols[i]))
    ConformingProtocols.push_back(PotentialImplicitProtocols[i]);

if (ConformingProtocols.empty())
  return;

// Further reduce number of conforming protocols. If protocol P1 is in the list
// protocol P2 (P2<P1>), No need to include P1.
llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> MinimalConformingProtocols;
for (unsigned i = 0, e = ConformingProtocols.size(); i != e; i++) {
  bool DropIt = false;
  ObjCProtocolDecl *TargetPDecl = ConformingProtocols[i];
  for (unsigned i1 = 0, e1 = ConformingProtocols.size(); i1 != e1; i1++) {
    ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = ConformingProtocols[i1];
    if (PDecl == TargetPDecl)
      continue;
    if (PDecl->lookupProtocolNamed(
          TargetPDecl->getDeclName().getAsIdentifierInfo())) {
      DropIt = true;
      break;
    }
  }
  if (!DropIt)
    MinimalConformingProtocols.push_back(TargetPDecl);
}
if (MinimalConformingProtocols.empty())
  return;
edit::Commit commit(*Editor);
rewriteToObjCInterfaceDecl(IDecl, MinimalConformingProtocols,
                           *NSAPIObj, commit);
Editor->commit(commit);
897}

899void ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::CacheObjCNSIntegerTypedefed(
                                        const TypedefDecl *TypedefDcl) {

QualType qt = TypedefDcl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType();
if (NSAPIObj->isObjCNSIntegerType(qt))
  NSIntegerTypedefed = TypedefDcl;
else if (NSAPIObj->isObjCNSUIntegerType(qt))
  NSUIntegerTypedefed = TypedefDcl;
907}

909bool ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::migrateNSEnumDecl(ASTContext &Ctx,
                                         const EnumDecl *EnumDcl,
                                         const TypedefDecl *TypedefDcl) {
if (!EnumDcl->isCompleteDefinition() || EnumDcl->getIdentifier() ||
    EnumDcl->isDeprecated())
  return false;
if (!TypedefDcl) {
  if (NSIntegerTypedefed) {
    TypedefDcl = NSIntegerTypedefed;
    NSIntegerTypedefed = nullptr;
  }
  else if (NSUIntegerTypedefed) {
    TypedefDcl = NSUIntegerTypedefed;
    NSUIntegerTypedefed = nullptr;
  }
  else
    return false;
  FileID FileIdOfTypedefDcl =
    PP.getSourceManager().getFileID(TypedefDcl->getLocation());
  FileID FileIdOfEnumDcl =
    PP.getSourceManager().getFileID(EnumDcl->getLocation());
  if (FileIdOfTypedefDcl != FileIdOfEnumDcl)
    return false;
}
if (TypedefDcl->isDeprecated())
  return false;

QualType qt = TypedefDcl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType();
StringRef NSIntegerName = NSAPIObj->GetNSIntegralKind(qt);

if (NSIntegerName.empty()) {
  // Also check for typedef enum {...} TD;
  if (const EnumType *EnumTy = qt->getAs<EnumType>()) {
    if (EnumTy->getDecl() == EnumDcl) {
      bool NSOptions = UseNSOptionsMacro(PP, Ctx, EnumDcl);
      if (!InsertFoundation(Ctx, TypedefDcl->getBeginLoc()))
        return false;
      edit::Commit commit(*Editor);
      rewriteToNSMacroDecl(Ctx, EnumDcl, TypedefDcl, *NSAPIObj, commit, !NSOptions);
      Editor->commit(commit);
      return true;
    }
  }
  return false;
}

// We may still use NS_OPTIONS based on what we find in the enumertor list.
bool NSOptions = UseNSOptionsMacro(PP, Ctx, EnumDcl);
if (!InsertFoundation(Ctx, TypedefDcl->getBeginLoc()))
  return false;
edit::Commit commit(*Editor);
bool Res = rewriteToNSEnumDecl(EnumDcl, TypedefDcl, *NSAPIObj,
                               commit, NSIntegerName, NSOptions);
Editor->commit(commit);
return Res;
964}

966static void ReplaceWithInstancetype(ASTContext &Ctx,
                                  const ObjCMigrateASTConsumer &ASTC,
                                  ObjCMethodDecl *OM) {
if (OM->getReturnType() == Ctx.getObjCInstanceType())
  return; // already has instancetype.

SourceRange R;
std::string ClassString;
if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = OM->getReturnTypeSourceInfo()) {
  TypeLoc TL = TSInfo->getTypeLoc();
  R = SourceRange(TL.getBeginLoc(), TL.getEndLoc());
  ClassString = "instancetype";
}
else {
  R = SourceRange(OM->getBeginLoc(), OM->getBeginLoc());
  ClassString = OM->isInstanceMethod() ? '-' : '+';
  ClassString += " (instancetype)";
}
edit::Commit commit(*ASTC.Editor);
commit.replace(R, ClassString);
ASTC.Editor->commit(commit);
987}

989static void ReplaceWithClasstype(const ObjCMigrateASTConsumer &ASTC,
                                  ObjCMethodDecl *OM) {
ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = OM->getClassInterface();
SourceRange R;
std::string ClassString;
if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = OM->getReturnTypeSourceInfo()) {
  TypeLoc TL = TSInfo->getTypeLoc();
  R = SourceRange(TL.getBeginLoc(), TL.getEndLoc()); {
    ClassString  = IDecl->getName();
    ClassString += "*";
  }
}
else {
  R = SourceRange(OM->getBeginLoc(), OM->getBeginLoc());
  ClassString = "+ (";
  ClassString += IDecl->getName(); ClassString += "*)";
}
edit::Commit commit(*ASTC.Editor);
commit.replace(R, ClassString);
ASTC.Editor->commit(commit);
1009}

1011void ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::migrateMethodInstanceType(ASTContext &Ctx,
                                                     ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
                                                     ObjCMethodDecl *OM) {
ObjCInstanceTypeFamily OIT_Family =
  Selector::getInstTypeMethodFamily(OM->getSelector());

std::string ClassName;
switch (OIT_Family) {
  case OIT_None:
    migrateFactoryMethod(Ctx, CDecl, OM);
    return;
  case OIT_Array:
    ClassName = "NSArray";
    break;
  case OIT_Dictionary:
    ClassName = "NSDictionary";
    break;
  case OIT_Singleton:
    migrateFactoryMethod(Ctx, CDecl, OM, OIT_Singleton);
    return;
  case OIT_Init:
    if (OM->getReturnType()->isObjCIdType())
      ReplaceWithInstancetype(Ctx, *this, OM);
    return;
  case OIT_ReturnsSelf:
    migrateFactoryMethod(Ctx, CDecl, OM, OIT_ReturnsSelf);
    return;
}
if (!OM->getReturnType()->isObjCIdType())
  return;

ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl);
if (!IDecl) {
  if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CatDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl))
    IDecl = CatDecl->getClassInterface();
  else if (ObjCImplDecl *ImpDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(CDecl))
    IDecl = ImpDecl->getClassInterface();
}
if (!IDecl ||
    !IDecl->lookupInheritedClass(&Ctx.Idents.get(ClassName))) {
  migrateFactoryMethod(Ctx, CDecl, OM);
  return;
}
ReplaceWithInstancetype(Ctx, *this, OM);
1055}

1057static bool TypeIsInnerPointer(QualType T) {
if (!T->isAnyPointerType())
  return false;
if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType() || T->isObjCBuiltinType() ||
    T->isBlockPointerType() || T->isFunctionPointerType() ||
    ento::coreFoundation::isCFObjectRef(T))
  return false;
// Also, typedef-of-pointer-to-incomplete-struct is something that we assume
// is not an innter pointer type.
QualType OrigT = T;
while (const TypedefType *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr()))
  T = TD->getDecl()->getUnderlyingType();
if (OrigT == T || !T->isPointerType())
  return true;
const PointerType* PT = T->getAs<PointerType>();
QualType UPointeeT = PT->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
if (UPointeeT->isRecordType()) {
  const RecordType *RecordTy = UPointeeT->getAs<RecordType>();
  if (!RecordTy->getDecl()->isCompleteDefinition())
    return false;
}
return true;
1079}

1081/// Check whether the two versions match.
1082static bool versionsMatch(const VersionTuple &X, const VersionTuple &Y) {
return (X == Y);
1084}

1086/// AvailabilityAttrsMatch - This routine checks that if comparing two
1087/// availability attributes, all their components match. It returns
1088/// true, if not dealing with availability or when all components of
1089/// availability attributes match. This routine is only called when
1090/// the attributes are of the same kind.
1091static bool AvailabilityAttrsMatch(Attr *At1, Attr *At2) {
const AvailabilityAttr *AA1 = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(At1);
if (!AA1)
  return true;
const AvailabilityAttr *AA2 = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(At2);

VersionTuple Introduced1 = AA1->getIntroduced();
VersionTuple Deprecated1 = AA1->getDeprecated();
VersionTuple Obsoleted1 = AA1->getObsoleted();
bool IsUnavailable1 = AA1->getUnavailable();
VersionTuple Introduced2 = AA2->getIntroduced();
VersionTuple Deprecated2 = AA2->getDeprecated();
VersionTuple Obsoleted2 = AA2->getObsoleted();
bool IsUnavailable2 = AA2->getUnavailable();
return (versionsMatch(Introduced1, Introduced2) &&
        versionsMatch(Deprecated1, Deprecated2) &&
        versionsMatch(Obsoleted1, Obsoleted2) &&
        IsUnavailable1 == IsUnavailable2);
1109}

1111static bool MatchTwoAttributeLists(const AttrVec &Attrs1, const AttrVec &Attrs2,
                                 bool &AvailabilityArgsMatch) {
// This list is very small, so this need not be optimized.
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Attrs1.size(); i != e; i++) {
  bool match = false;
  for (unsigned j = 0, f = Attrs2.size(); j != f; j++) {
    // Matching attribute kind only. Except for Availability attributes,
    // we are not getting into details of the attributes. For all practical purposes
    // this is sufficient.
    if (Attrs1[i]->getKind() == Attrs2[j]->getKind()) {
      if (AvailabilityArgsMatch)
        AvailabilityArgsMatch = AvailabilityAttrsMatch(Attrs1[i], Attrs2[j]);
      match = true;
      break;
    }
  }
  if (!match)
    return false;
}
return true;
1131}

1133/// AttributesMatch - This routine checks list of attributes for two
1134/// decls. It returns false, if there is a mismatch in kind of
1135/// attributes seen in the decls. It returns true if the two decls
1136/// have list of same kind of attributes. Furthermore, when there
1137/// are availability attributes in the two decls, it sets the
1138/// AvailabilityArgsMatch to false if availability attributes have
1139/// different versions, etc.
1140static bool AttributesMatch(const Decl *Decl1, const Decl *Decl2,
                          bool &AvailabilityArgsMatch) {
if (!Decl1->hasAttrs() || !Decl2->hasAttrs()) {
  AvailabilityArgsMatch = (Decl1->hasAttrs() == Decl2->hasAttrs());
  return true;
}
AvailabilityArgsMatch = true;
const AttrVec &Attrs1 = Decl1->getAttrs();
const AttrVec &Attrs2 = Decl2->getAttrs();
bool match = MatchTwoAttributeLists(Attrs1, Attrs2, AvailabilityArgsMatch);
if (match && (Attrs2.size() > Attrs1.size()))
  return MatchTwoAttributeLists(Attrs2, Attrs1, AvailabilityArgsMatch);
return match;
1153}

1155static bool IsValidIdentifier(ASTContext &Ctx,
                            const char *Name) {
if (!isIdentifierHead(Name[0]))
  return false;
std::string NameString = Name;
NameString[0] = toLowercase(NameString[0]);
IdentifierInfo *II = &Ctx.Idents.get(NameString);
return II->getTokenID() ==  tok::identifier;
1163}

1165bool ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::migrateProperty(ASTContext &Ctx,
                           ObjCContainerDecl *D,
                           ObjCMethodDecl *Method) {
if (Method->isPropertyAccessor() || !Method->isInstanceMethod() ||
    Method->param_size() != 0)
  return false;
// Is this method candidate to be a getter?
QualType GRT = Method->getReturnType();
if (GRT->isVoidType())
  return false;

Selector GetterSelector = Method->getSelector();
ObjCInstanceTypeFamily OIT_Family =
  Selector::getInstTypeMethodFamily(GetterSelector);

if (OIT_Family != OIT_None)
  return false;

IdentifierInfo *getterName = GetterSelector.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0);
Selector SetterSelector =
SelectorTable::constructSetterSelector(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
                                       PP.getSelectorTable(),
                                       getterName);
ObjCMethodDecl *SetterMethod = D->getInstanceMethod(SetterSelector);
unsigned LengthOfPrefix = 0;
if (!SetterMethod) {
  // try a different naming convention for getter: isXxxxx
  StringRef getterNameString = getterName->getName();
  bool IsPrefix = getterNameString.startswith("is");
  // Note that we don't want to change an isXXX method of retainable object
  // type to property (readonly or otherwise).
  if (IsPrefix && GRT->isObjCRetainableType())
    return false;
  if (IsPrefix || getterNameString.startswith("get")) {
    LengthOfPrefix = (IsPrefix ? 2 : 3);
    const char *CGetterName = getterNameString.data() + LengthOfPrefix;
    // Make sure that first character after "is" or "get" prefix can
    // start an identifier.
    if (!IsValidIdentifier(Ctx, CGetterName))
      return false;
    if (CGetterName[0] && isUppercase(CGetterName[0])) {
      getterName = &Ctx.Idents.get(CGetterName);
      SetterSelector =
      SelectorTable::constructSetterSelector(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
                                             PP.getSelectorTable(),
                                             getterName);
      SetterMethod = D->getInstanceMethod(SetterSelector);
    }
  }
}

if (SetterMethod) {
  if ((ASTMigrateActions & FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_ReadwriteProperty) == 0)
    return false;
  bool AvailabilityArgsMatch;
  if (SetterMethod->isDeprecated() ||
      !AttributesMatch(Method, SetterMethod, AvailabilityArgsMatch))
    return false;

  // Is this a valid setter, matching the target getter?
  QualType SRT = SetterMethod->getReturnType();
  if (!SRT->isVoidType())
    return false;
  const ParmVarDecl *argDecl = *SetterMethod->param_begin();
  QualType ArgType = argDecl->getType();
  if (!Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgType, GRT))
    return false;
  edit::Commit commit(*Editor);
  rewriteToObjCProperty(Method, SetterMethod, *NSAPIObj, commit,
                        LengthOfPrefix,
                        (ASTMigrateActions &
                         FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_AtomicProperty) != 0,
                        (ASTMigrateActions &
                         FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_NsAtomicIOSOnlyProperty) != 0,
                        AvailabilityArgsMatch);
  Editor->commit(commit);
  return true;
}
else if (ASTMigrateActions & FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_ReadonlyProperty) {
  // Try a non-void method with no argument (and no setter or property of same name
  // as a 'readonly' property.
  edit::Commit commit(*Editor);
  rewriteToObjCProperty(Method, nullptr /*SetterMethod*/, *NSAPIObj, commit,
                        LengthOfPrefix,
                        (ASTMigrateActions &
                         FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_AtomicProperty) != 0,
                        (ASTMigrateActions &
                         FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_NsAtomicIOSOnlyProperty) != 0,
                        /*AvailabilityArgsMatch*/false);
  Editor->commit(commit);
  return true;
}
return false;
1258}

1260void ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::migrateNsReturnsInnerPointer(ASTContext &Ctx,
                                                        ObjCMethodDecl *OM) {
if (OM->isImplicit() ||
    !OM->isInstanceMethod() ||
    OM->hasAttr<ObjCReturnsInnerPointerAttr>())
  return;

QualType RT = OM->getReturnType();
if (!TypeIsInnerPointer(RT) ||
    !NSAPIObj->isMacroDefined("NS_RETURNS_INNER_POINTER"))
  return;

edit::Commit commit(*Editor);
commit.insertBefore(OM->getEndLoc(), " NS_RETURNS_INNER_POINTER");
Editor->commit(commit);
1275}

1277void ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::migratePropertyNsReturnsInnerPointer(ASTContext &Ctx,
                                                                ObjCPropertyDecl *P) {
QualType T = P->getType();

if (!TypeIsInnerPointer(T) ||
    !NSAPIObj->isMacroDefined("NS_RETURNS_INNER_POINTER"))
  return;
edit::Commit commit(*Editor);
commit.insertBefore(P->getEndLoc(), " NS_RETURNS_INNER_POINTER ");
Editor->commit(commit);
1287}

1289void ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::migrateAllMethodInstaceType(ASTContext &Ctx,
                                               ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl) {
if (CDecl->isDeprecated() || IsCategoryNameWithDeprecatedSuffix(CDecl))
  return;

// migrate methods which can have instancetype as their result type.
for (auto *Method : CDecl->methods()) {
  if (Method->isDeprecated())
    continue;
  migrateMethodInstanceType(Ctx, CDecl, Method);
}
1300}

1302void ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::migrateFactoryMethod(ASTContext &Ctx,
                                                ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
                                                ObjCMethodDecl *OM,
                                                ObjCInstanceTypeFamily OIT_Family) {
if (OM->isInstanceMethod() ||
    OM->getReturnType() == Ctx.getObjCInstanceType() ||
    !OM->getReturnType()->isObjCIdType())
  return;

// Candidate factory methods are + (id) NaMeXXX : ... which belong to a class
// NSYYYNamE with matching names be at least 3 characters long.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl);
if (!IDecl) {
  if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CatDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl))
    IDecl = CatDecl->getClassInterface();
  else if (ObjCImplDecl *ImpDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(CDecl))
    IDecl = ImpDecl->getClassInterface();
}
if (!IDecl)
  return;

std::string StringClassName = IDecl->getName();
StringRef LoweredClassName(StringClassName);
std::string StringLoweredClassName = LoweredClassName.lower();
LoweredClassName = StringLoweredClassName;

IdentifierInfo *MethodIdName = OM->getSelector().getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0);
// Handle method with no name at its first selector slot; e.g. + (id):(int)x.
if (!MethodIdName)
  return;

std::string MethodName = MethodIdName->getName();
if (OIT_Family == OIT_Singleton || OIT_Family == OIT_ReturnsSelf) {
  StringRef STRefMethodName(MethodName);
  size_t len = 0;
  if (STRefMethodName.startswith("standard"))
    len = strlen("standard");
  else if (STRefMethodName.startswith("shared"))
    len = strlen("shared");
  else if (STRefMethodName.startswith("default"))
    len = strlen("default");
  else
    return;
  MethodName = STRefMethodName.substr(len);
}
std::string MethodNameSubStr = MethodName.substr(0, 3);
StringRef MethodNamePrefix(MethodNameSubStr);
std::string StringLoweredMethodNamePrefix = MethodNamePrefix.lower();
MethodNamePrefix = StringLoweredMethodNamePrefix;
size_t Ix = LoweredClassName.rfind(MethodNamePrefix);
if (Ix == StringRef::npos)
  return;
std::string ClassNamePostfix = LoweredClassName.substr(Ix);
StringRef LoweredMethodName(MethodName);
std::string StringLoweredMethodName = LoweredMethodName.lower();
LoweredMethodName = StringLoweredMethodName;
if (!LoweredMethodName.startswith(ClassNamePostfix))
  return;
if (OIT_Family == OIT_ReturnsSelf)
  ReplaceWithClasstype(*this, OM);
else
  ReplaceWithInstancetype(Ctx, *this, OM);
1364}

1366static bool IsVoidStarType(QualType Ty) {
if (!Ty->isPointerType())
21
←
Calling 'Type::isPointerType'→
24
←
Returning from 'Type::isPointerType'→
25
←
Taking false branch→
  return false;

while (const TypedefType *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty.getTypePtr()))
26
←
Assuming the object is not a 'TypedefType'→
27
←
Loop condition is false. Execution continues on line 1374→
  Ty = TD->getDecl()->getUnderlyingType();

// Is the type void*?
const PointerType* PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
28
←
Assuming the object is not a 'PointerType'→
29
←
'PT' initialized to a null pointer value→
if (PT->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType())
30
←
Called C++ object pointer is null
  return true;
return IsVoidStarType(PT->getPointeeType());
1378}

1380/// AuditedType - This routine audits the type AT and returns false if it is one of known
1381/// CF object types or of the "void *" variety. It returns true if we don't care about the type
1382/// such as a non-pointer or pointers which have no ownership issues (such as "int *").
1383static bool AuditedType (QualType AT) {
if (!AT->isAnyPointerType() && !AT->isBlockPointerType())
  return true;
// FIXME. There isn't much we can say about CF pointer type; or is there?
if (ento::coreFoundation::isCFObjectRef(AT) ||
19
←
Assuming the condition is false→
    IsVoidStarType(AT) ||
20
←
Calling 'IsVoidStarType'→
    // If an ObjC object is type, assuming that it is not a CF function and
    // that it is an un-audited function.
    AT->isObjCObjectPointerType() || AT->isObjCBuiltinType())
  return false;
// All other pointers are assumed audited as harmless.
return true;
1395}

1397void ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::AnnotateImplicitBridging(ASTContext &Ctx) {
if (CFFunctionIBCandidates.empty())
  return;
if (!NSAPIObj->isMacroDefined("CF_IMPLICIT_BRIDGING_ENABLED")) {
  CFFunctionIBCandidates.clear();
  FileId = FileID();
  return;
}
// Insert CF_IMPLICIT_BRIDGING_ENABLE/CF_IMPLICIT_BRIDGING_DISABLED
const Decl *FirstFD = CFFunctionIBCandidates[0];
const Decl *LastFD  =
  CFFunctionIBCandidates[CFFunctionIBCandidates.size()-1];
const char *PragmaString = "\nCF_IMPLICIT_BRIDGING_ENABLED\n\n";
edit::Commit commit(*Editor);
commit.insertBefore(FirstFD->getBeginLoc(), PragmaString);
PragmaString = "\n\nCF_IMPLICIT_BRIDGING_DISABLED\n";
SourceLocation EndLoc = LastFD->getEndLoc();
// get location just past end of function location.
EndLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(EndLoc);
if (isa<FunctionDecl>(LastFD)) {
  // For Methods, EndLoc points to the ending semcolon. So,
  // not of these extra work is needed.
  Token Tok;
  // get locaiton of token that comes after end of function.
  bool Failed = PP.getRawToken(EndLoc, Tok, /*IgnoreWhiteSpace=*/true);
  if (!Failed)
    EndLoc = Tok.getLocation();
}
commit.insertAfterToken(EndLoc, PragmaString);
Editor->commit(commit);
FileId = FileID();
CFFunctionIBCandidates.clear();
1429}

1431void ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::migrateCFAnnotation(ASTContext &Ctx, const Decl *Decl) {
if (Decl->isDeprecated())
4
←
Taking false branch→
  return;

if (Decl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>()) {
5
←
Taking false branch→
  assert(CFFunctionIBCandidates.empty() &&((CFFunctionIBCandidates.empty() && "Cannot have audited functions/methods inside user "
 "provided CF_IMPLICIT_BRIDGING_ENABLE") ? static_cast<void
> (0) : __assert_fail ("CFFunctionIBCandidates.empty() && \"Cannot have audited functions/methods inside user \" \"provided CF_IMPLICIT_BRIDGING_ENABLE\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/ARCMigrate/ObjCMT.cpp"
, 1438, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "Cannot have audited functions/methods inside user "((CFFunctionIBCandidates.empty() && "Cannot have audited functions/methods inside user "
 "provided CF_IMPLICIT_BRIDGING_ENABLE") ? static_cast<void
> (0) : __assert_fail ("CFFunctionIBCandidates.empty() && \"Cannot have audited functions/methods inside user \" \"provided CF_IMPLICIT_BRIDGING_ENABLE\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/ARCMigrate/ObjCMT.cpp"
, 1438, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "provided CF_IMPLICIT_BRIDGING_ENABLE")((CFFunctionIBCandidates.empty() && "Cannot have audited functions/methods inside user "
 "provided CF_IMPLICIT_BRIDGING_ENABLE") ? static_cast<void
> (0) : __assert_fail ("CFFunctionIBCandidates.empty() && \"Cannot have audited functions/methods inside user \" \"provided CF_IMPLICIT_BRIDGING_ENABLE\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/ARCMigrate/ObjCMT.cpp"
, 1438, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return;
}

// Finction must be annotated first.
if (const FunctionDecl *FuncDecl6.1
'FuncDecl' is null
1
'FuncDecl' is null
 = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) {
6
←
Assuming 'Decl' is not a 'FunctionDecl'→
7
←
Taking false branch→
  CF_BRIDGING_KIND AuditKind = migrateAddFunctionAnnotation(Ctx, FuncDecl);
  if (AuditKind == CF_BRIDGING_ENABLE) {
    CFFunctionIBCandidates.push_back(Decl);
    if (FileId.isInvalid())
      FileId = PP.getSourceManager().getFileID(Decl->getLocation());
  }
  else if (AuditKind == CF_BRIDGING_MAY_INCLUDE) {
    if (!CFFunctionIBCandidates.empty()) {
      CFFunctionIBCandidates.push_back(Decl);
      if (FileId.isInvalid())
        FileId = PP.getSourceManager().getFileID(Decl->getLocation());
    }
  }
  else
    AnnotateImplicitBridging(Ctx);
}
else {
  migrateAddMethodAnnotation(Ctx, cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl));
8
←
'Decl' is a 'ObjCMethodDecl'→
9
←
Calling 'ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::migrateAddMethodAnnotation'→
  AnnotateImplicitBridging(Ctx);
}
1464}

1466void ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::AddCFAnnotations(ASTContext &Ctx,
                                            const RetainSummary *RS,
                                            const FunctionDecl *FuncDecl,
                                            bool ResultAnnotated) {
// Annotate function.
if (!ResultAnnotated) {
  RetEffect Ret = RS->getRetEffect();
  const char *AnnotationString = nullptr;
  if (Ret.getObjKind() == ObjKind::CF) {
    if (Ret.isOwned() && NSAPIObj->isMacroDefined("CF_RETURNS_RETAINED"))
      AnnotationString = " CF_RETURNS_RETAINED";
    else if (Ret.notOwned() &&
             NSAPIObj->isMacroDefined("CF_RETURNS_NOT_RETAINED"))
      AnnotationString = " CF_RETURNS_NOT_RETAINED";
  }
  else if (Ret.getObjKind() == ObjKind::ObjC) {
    if (Ret.isOwned() && NSAPIObj->isMacroDefined("NS_RETURNS_RETAINED"))
      AnnotationString = " NS_RETURNS_RETAINED";
  }

  if (AnnotationString) {
    edit::Commit commit(*Editor);
    commit.insertAfterToken(FuncDecl->getEndLoc(), AnnotationString);
    Editor->commit(commit);
  }
}
unsigned i = 0;
for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator pi = FuncDecl->param_begin(),
     pe = FuncDecl->param_end(); pi != pe; ++pi, ++i) {
  const ParmVarDecl *pd = *pi;
  ArgEffect AE = RS->getArg(i);
  if (AE.getKind() == DecRef && AE.getObjKind() == ObjKind::CF &&
      !pd->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>() &&
      NSAPIObj->isMacroDefined("CF_CONSUMED")) {
    edit::Commit commit(*Editor);
    commit.insertBefore(pd->getLocation(), "CF_CONSUMED ");
    Editor->commit(commit);
  } else if (AE.getKind() == DecRef && AE.getObjKind() == ObjKind::ObjC &&
             !pd->hasAttr<NSConsumedAttr>() &&
             NSAPIObj->isMacroDefined("NS_CONSUMED")) {
    edit::Commit commit(*Editor);
    commit.insertBefore(pd->getLocation(), "NS_CONSUMED ");
    Editor->commit(commit);
  }
}
1511}

1513ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::CF_BRIDGING_KIND
ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::migrateAddFunctionAnnotation(
                                                ASTContext &Ctx,
                                                const FunctionDecl *FuncDecl) {
if (FuncDecl->hasBody())
  return CF_BRIDGING_NONE;

const RetainSummary *RS =
    getSummaryManager(Ctx).getSummary(AnyCall(FuncDecl));
bool FuncIsReturnAnnotated = (FuncDecl->hasAttr<CFReturnsRetainedAttr>() ||
                              FuncDecl->hasAttr<CFReturnsNotRetainedAttr>() ||
                              FuncDecl->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>() ||
                              FuncDecl->hasAttr<NSReturnsNotRetainedAttr>() ||
                              FuncDecl->hasAttr<NSReturnsAutoreleasedAttr>());

// Trivial case of when function is annotated and has no argument.
if (FuncIsReturnAnnotated && FuncDecl->getNumParams() == 0)
  return CF_BRIDGING_NONE;

bool ReturnCFAudited = false;
if (!FuncIsReturnAnnotated) {
  RetEffect Ret = RS->getRetEffect();
  if (Ret.getObjKind() == ObjKind::CF &&
      (Ret.isOwned() || Ret.notOwned()))
    ReturnCFAudited = true;
  else if (!AuditedType(FuncDecl->getReturnType()))
    return CF_BRIDGING_NONE;
}

// At this point result type is audited for potential inclusion.
unsigned i = 0;
bool ArgCFAudited = false;
for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator pi = FuncDecl->param_begin(),
     pe = FuncDecl->param_end(); pi != pe; ++pi, ++i) {
  const ParmVarDecl *pd = *pi;
  ArgEffect AE = RS->getArg(i);
  if ((AE.getKind() == DecRef /*CFConsumed annotated*/ ||
       AE.getKind() == IncRef) && AE.getObjKind() == ObjKind::CF) {
    if (AE.getKind() == DecRef && !pd->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>())
      ArgCFAudited = true;
    else if (AE.getKind() == IncRef)
      ArgCFAudited = true;
  } else {
    QualType AT = pd->getType();
    if (!AuditedType(AT)) {
      AddCFAnnotations(Ctx, RS, FuncDecl, FuncIsReturnAnnotated);
      return CF_BRIDGING_NONE;
    }
  }
}
if (ReturnCFAudited || ArgCFAudited)
  return CF_BRIDGING_ENABLE;

return CF_BRIDGING_MAY_INCLUDE;
1567}

1569void ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::migrateARCSafeAnnotation(ASTContext &Ctx,
                                               ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl) {
if (!isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl) || CDecl->isDeprecated())
1
Assuming 'CDecl' is a 'ObjCInterfaceDecl'→
2
←
Taking false branch→
  return;

// migrate methods which can have instancetype as their result type.
for (const auto *Method : CDecl->methods())
  migrateCFAnnotation(Ctx, Method);
3
←
Calling 'ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::migrateCFAnnotation'→
1577}

1579void ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::AddCFAnnotations(ASTContext &Ctx,
                                            const RetainSummary *RS,
                                            const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
                                            bool ResultAnnotated) {
// Annotate function.
if (!ResultAnnotated) {
  RetEffect Ret = RS->getRetEffect();
  const char *AnnotationString = nullptr;
  if (Ret.getObjKind() == ObjKind::CF) {
    if (Ret.isOwned() && NSAPIObj->isMacroDefined("CF_RETURNS_RETAINED"))
      AnnotationString = " CF_RETURNS_RETAINED";
    else if (Ret.notOwned() &&
             NSAPIObj->isMacroDefined("CF_RETURNS_NOT_RETAINED"))
      AnnotationString = " CF_RETURNS_NOT_RETAINED";
  }
  else if (Ret.getObjKind() == ObjKind::ObjC) {
    ObjCMethodFamily OMF = MethodDecl->getMethodFamily();
    switch (OMF) {
      case clang::OMF_alloc:
      case clang::OMF_new:
      case clang::OMF_copy:
      case clang::OMF_init:
      case clang::OMF_mutableCopy:
        break;

      default:
        if (Ret.isOwned() && NSAPIObj->isMacroDefined("NS_RETURNS_RETAINED"))
          AnnotationString = " NS_RETURNS_RETAINED";
        break;
    }
  }

  if (AnnotationString) {
    edit::Commit commit(*Editor);
    commit.insertBefore(MethodDecl->getEndLoc(), AnnotationString);
    Editor->commit(commit);
  }
}
unsigned i = 0;
for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator pi = MethodDecl->param_begin(),
     pe = MethodDecl->param_end(); pi != pe; ++pi, ++i) {
  const ParmVarDecl *pd = *pi;
  ArgEffect AE = RS->getArg(i);
  if (AE.getKind() == DecRef
      && AE.getObjKind() == ObjKind::CF
      && !pd->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>() &&
      NSAPIObj->isMacroDefined("CF_CONSUMED")) {
    edit::Commit commit(*Editor);
    commit.insertBefore(pd->getLocation(), "CF_CONSUMED ");
    Editor->commit(commit);
  }
}
1631}

1633void ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::migrateAddMethodAnnotation(
                                          ASTContext &Ctx,
                                          const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl) {
if (MethodDecl->hasBody() || MethodDecl->isImplicit())
10
←
Assuming the condition is false→
11
←
Assuming the condition is false→
12
←
Taking false branch→
  return;

const RetainSummary *RS =
    getSummaryManager(Ctx).getSummary(AnyCall(MethodDecl));

bool MethodIsReturnAnnotated =
    (MethodDecl->hasAttr<CFReturnsRetainedAttr>() ||
     MethodDecl->hasAttr<CFReturnsNotRetainedAttr>() ||
     MethodDecl->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>() ||
     MethodDecl->hasAttr<NSReturnsNotRetainedAttr>() ||
     MethodDecl->hasAttr<NSReturnsAutoreleasedAttr>());

if (RS->getReceiverEffect().getKind() == DecRef &&
13
←
Assuming the condition is false→
14
←
Taking false branch→
    !MethodDecl->hasAttr<NSConsumesSelfAttr>() &&
    MethodDecl->getMethodFamily() != OMF_init &&
    MethodDecl->getMethodFamily() != OMF_release &&
    NSAPIObj->isMacroDefined("NS_CONSUMES_SELF")) {
  edit::Commit commit(*Editor);
  commit.insertBefore(MethodDecl->getEndLoc(), " NS_CONSUMES_SELF");
  Editor->commit(commit);
}

// Trivial case of when function is annotated and has no argument.
if (MethodIsReturnAnnotated14.1
'MethodIsReturnAnnotated' is false
1
'MethodIsReturnAnnotated' is false
 &&
    (MethodDecl->param_begin() == MethodDecl->param_end()))
  return;

if (!MethodIsReturnAnnotated14.2
'MethodIsReturnAnnotated' is false
2
'MethodIsReturnAnnotated' is false
) {
15
←
Taking true branch→
  RetEffect Ret = RS->getRetEffect();
  if ((Ret.getObjKind() == ObjKind::CF ||
16
←
Assuming the condition is false→
       Ret.getObjKind() == ObjKind::ObjC) &&
17
←
Assuming the condition is false→
      (Ret.isOwned() || Ret.notOwned())) {
    AddCFAnnotations(Ctx, RS, MethodDecl, false);
    return;
  } else if (!AuditedType(MethodDecl->getReturnType()))
18
←
Calling 'AuditedType'→
    return;
}

// At this point result type is either annotated or audited.
unsigned i = 0;
for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator pi = MethodDecl->param_begin(),
     pe = MethodDecl->param_end(); pi != pe; ++pi, ++i) {
  const ParmVarDecl *pd = *pi;
  ArgEffect AE = RS->getArg(i);
  if ((AE.getKind() == DecRef && !pd->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()) ||
      AE.getKind() == IncRef || !AuditedType(pd->getType())) {
    AddCFAnnotations(Ctx, RS, MethodDecl, MethodIsReturnAnnotated);
    return;
  }
}
1687}

1689namespace {
1690class SuperInitChecker : public RecursiveASTVisitor<SuperInitChecker> {
1691public:
bool shouldVisitTemplateInstantiations() const { return false; }
bool shouldWalkTypesOfTypeLocs() const { return false; }

bool VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {
  if (E->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance) {
    if (E->getMethodFamily() == OMF_init)
      return false;
  }
  return true;
}
1702};
1703} // end anonymous namespace

1705static bool hasSuperInitCall(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
return !SuperInitChecker().TraverseStmt(MD->getBody());
1707}

1709void ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::inferDesignatedInitializers(
  ASTContext &Ctx,
  const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {

const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = ImplD->getClassInterface();
if (!IFace || IFace->hasDesignatedInitializers())
  return;
if (!NSAPIObj->isMacroDefined("NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER"))
  return;

for (const auto *MD : ImplD->instance_methods()) {
  if (MD->isDeprecated() ||
      MD->getMethodFamily() != OMF_init ||
      MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface())
    continue;
  const ObjCMethodDecl *IFaceM = IFace->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
                                                  /*isInstance=*/true);
  if (!IFaceM)
    continue;
  if (hasSuperInitCall(MD)) {
    edit::Commit commit(*Editor);
    commit.insert(IFaceM->getEndLoc(), " NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER");
    Editor->commit(commit);
  }
}
1734}

1736bool ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::InsertFoundation(ASTContext &Ctx,
                                            SourceLocation  Loc) {
if (FoundationIncluded)
  return true;
if (Loc.isInvalid())
  return false;
auto *nsEnumId = &Ctx.Idents.get("NS_ENUM");
if (PP.getMacroDefinitionAtLoc(nsEnumId, Loc)) {
  FoundationIncluded = true;
  return true;
}
edit::Commit commit(*Editor);
if (Ctx.getLangOpts().Modules)
  commit.insert(Loc, "#ifndef NS_ENUM\n@import Foundation;\n#endif\n");
else
  commit.insert(Loc, "#ifndef NS_ENUM\n#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>\n#endif\n");
Editor->commit(commit);
FoundationIncluded = true;
return true;
1755}

1757namespace {

1759class RewritesReceiver : public edit::EditsReceiver {
Rewriter &Rewrite;

1762public:
RewritesReceiver(Rewriter &Rewrite) : Rewrite(Rewrite) { }

void insert(SourceLocation loc, StringRef text) override {
  Rewrite.InsertText(loc, text);
}
void replace(CharSourceRange range, StringRef text) override {
  Rewrite.ReplaceText(range.getBegin(), Rewrite.getRangeSize(range), text);
}
1771};

1773class JSONEditWriter : public edit::EditsReceiver {
SourceManager &SourceMgr;
llvm::raw_ostream &OS;

1777public:
JSONEditWriter(SourceManager &SM, llvm::raw_ostream &OS)
  : SourceMgr(SM), OS(OS) {
  OS << "[\n";
}
~JSONEditWriter() override { OS << "]\n"; }

1784private:
struct EntryWriter {
  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
  llvm::raw_ostream &OS;

  EntryWriter(SourceManager &SM, llvm::raw_ostream &OS)
    : SourceMgr(SM), OS(OS) {
    OS << " {\n";
  }
  ~EntryWriter() {
    OS << " },\n";
  }

  void writeLoc(SourceLocation Loc) {
    FileID FID;
    unsigned Offset;
    std::tie(FID, Offset) = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Loc);
    assert(FID.isValid())((FID.isValid()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("FID.isValid()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/ARCMigrate/ObjCMT.cpp"
, 1801, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    SmallString<200> Path =
        StringRef(SourceMgr.getFileEntryForID(FID)->getName());
    llvm::sys::fs::make_absolute(Path);
    OS << "  \"file\": \"";
    OS.write_escaped(Path.str()) << "\",\n";
    OS << "  \"offset\": " << Offset << ",\n";
  }

  void writeRemove(CharSourceRange Range) {
    assert(Range.isCharRange())((Range.isCharRange()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("Range.isCharRange()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/ARCMigrate/ObjCMT.cpp"
, 1811, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    std::pair<FileID, unsigned> Begin =
        SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Range.getBegin());
    std::pair<FileID, unsigned> End =
        SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Range.getEnd());
    assert(Begin.first == End.first)((Begin.first == End.first) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("Begin.first == End.first", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/ARCMigrate/ObjCMT.cpp"
, 1816, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    assert(Begin.second <= End.second)((Begin.second <= End.second) ? static_cast<void> (0
) : __assert_fail ("Begin.second <= End.second", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/ARCMigrate/ObjCMT.cpp"
, 1817, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    unsigned Length = End.second - Begin.second;

    OS << "  \"remove\": " << Length << ",\n";
  }

  void writeText(StringRef Text) {
    OS << "  \"text\": \"";
    OS.write_escaped(Text) << "\",\n";
  }
};

void insert(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Text) override {
  EntryWriter Writer(SourceMgr, OS);
  Writer.writeLoc(Loc);
  Writer.writeText(Text);
}

void replace(CharSourceRange Range, StringRef Text) override {
  EntryWriter Writer(SourceMgr, OS);
  Writer.writeLoc(Range.getBegin());
  Writer.writeRemove(Range);
  Writer.writeText(Text);
}

void remove(CharSourceRange Range) override {
  EntryWriter Writer(SourceMgr, OS);
  Writer.writeLoc(Range.getBegin());
  Writer.writeRemove(Range);
}
1847};

1849} // end anonymous namespace

1851void ObjCMigrateASTConsumer::HandleTranslationUnit(ASTContext &Ctx) {

TranslationUnitDecl *TU = Ctx.getTranslationUnitDecl();
if (ASTMigrateActions & FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_MigrateDecls) {
  for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = TU->decls_begin(), DEnd = TU->decls_end();
       D != DEnd; ++D) {
    FileID FID = PP.getSourceManager().getFileID((*D)->getLocation());
    if (FID.isValid())
      if (FileId.isValid() && FileId != FID) {
        if (ASTMigrateActions & FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_Annotation)
          AnnotateImplicitBridging(Ctx);
      }

    if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*D))
      if (canModify(CDecl))
        migrateObjCContainerDecl(Ctx, CDecl);
    if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CatDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(*D)) {
      if (canModify(CatDecl))
        migrateObjCContainerDecl(Ctx, CatDecl);
    }
    else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(*D)) {
      ObjCProtocolDecls.insert(PDecl->getCanonicalDecl());
      if (canModify(PDecl))
        migrateObjCContainerDecl(Ctx, PDecl);
    }
    else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(*D)) {
      if ((ASTMigrateActions & FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_ProtocolConformance) &&
          canModify(ImpDecl))
        migrateProtocolConformance(Ctx, ImpDecl);
    }
    else if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(*D)) {
      if (!(ASTMigrateActions & FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_NsMacros))
        continue;
      if (!canModify(ED))
        continue;
      DeclContext::decl_iterator N = D;
      if (++N != DEnd) {
        const TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(*N);
        if (migrateNSEnumDecl(Ctx, ED, TD) && TD)
          D++;
      }
      else
        migrateNSEnumDecl(Ctx, ED, /*TypedefDecl */nullptr);
    }
    else if (const TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(*D)) {
      if (!(ASTMigrateActions & FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_NsMacros))
        continue;
      if (!canModify(TD))
        continue;
      DeclContext::decl_iterator N = D;
      if (++N == DEnd)
        continue;
      if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(*N)) {
        if (canModify(ED)) {
          if (++N != DEnd)
            if (const TypedefDecl *TDF = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(*N)) {
              // prefer typedef-follows-enum to enum-follows-typedef pattern.
              if (migrateNSEnumDecl(Ctx, ED, TDF)) {
                ++D; ++D;
                CacheObjCNSIntegerTypedefed(TD);
                continue;
              }
            }
          if (migrateNSEnumDecl(Ctx, ED, TD)) {
            ++D;
            continue;
          }
        }
      }
      CacheObjCNSIntegerTypedefed(TD);
    }
    else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*D)) {
      if ((ASTMigrateActions & FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_Annotation) &&
          canModify(FD))
        migrateCFAnnotation(Ctx, FD);
    }

    if (ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(*D)) {
      bool CanModify = canModify(CDecl);
      // migrate methods which can have instancetype as their result type.
      if ((ASTMigrateActions & FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_Instancetype) &&
          CanModify)
        migrateAllMethodInstaceType(Ctx, CDecl);
      // annotate methods with CF annotations.
      if ((ASTMigrateActions & FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_Annotation) &&
          CanModify)
        migrateARCSafeAnnotation(Ctx, CDecl);
    }

    if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *
          ImplD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(*D)) {
      if ((ASTMigrateActions & FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_DesignatedInitializer) &&
          canModify(ImplD))
        inferDesignatedInitializers(Ctx, ImplD);
    }
  }
  if (ASTMigrateActions & FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_Annotation)
    AnnotateImplicitBridging(Ctx);
}

if (IsOutputFile) {
 std::error_code EC;
 llvm::raw_fd_ostream OS(MigrateDir, EC, llvm::sys::fs::OF_None);
 if (EC) {
    DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Ctx.getDiagnostics();
    Diags.Report(Diags.getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error, "%0"))
        << EC.message();
    return;
  }

 JSONEditWriter Writer(Ctx.getSourceManager(), OS);
 Editor->applyRewrites(Writer);
 return;
}

Rewriter rewriter(Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts());
RewritesReceiver Rec(rewriter);
Editor->applyRewrites(Rec);

for (Rewriter::buffer_iterator
      I = rewriter.buffer_begin(), E = rewriter.buffer_end(); I != E; ++I) {
  FileID FID = I->first;
  RewriteBuffer &buf = I->second;
  const FileEntry *file = Ctx.getSourceManager().getFileEntryForID(FID);
  assert(file)((file) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("file"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/ARCMigrate/ObjCMT.cpp"
, 1976, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  SmallString<512> newText;
  llvm::raw_svector_ostream vecOS(newText);
  buf.write(vecOS);
  std::unique_ptr<llvm::MemoryBuffer> memBuf(
      llvm::MemoryBuffer::getMemBufferCopy(
          StringRef(newText.data(), newText.size()), file->getName()));
  SmallString<64> filePath(file->getName());
  FileMgr.FixupRelativePath(filePath);
  Remapper.remap(filePath.str(), std::move(memBuf));
}

if (IsOutputFile) {
  Remapper.flushToFile(MigrateDir, Ctx.getDiagnostics());
} else {
  Remapper.flushToDisk(MigrateDir, Ctx.getDiagnostics());
}
1993}

1995bool MigrateSourceAction::BeginInvocation(CompilerInstance &CI) {
CI.getDiagnostics().setIgnoreAllWarnings(true);
return true;
1998}

2000static std::vector<std::string> getWhiteListFilenames(StringRef DirPath) {
using namespace llvm::sys::fs;
using namespace llvm::sys::path;

std::vector<std::string> Filenames;
if (DirPath.empty() || !is_directory(DirPath))
  return Filenames;

std::error_code EC;
directory_iterator DI = directory_iterator(DirPath, EC);
directory_iterator DE;
for (; !EC && DI != DE; DI = DI.increment(EC)) {
  if (is_regular_file(DI->path()))
    Filenames.push_back(filename(DI->path()));
}

return Filenames;
2017}

2019std::unique_ptr<ASTConsumer>
2020MigrateSourceAction::CreateASTConsumer(CompilerInstance &CI, StringRef InFile) {
PPConditionalDirectiveRecord *
  PPRec = new PPConditionalDirectiveRecord(CI.getSourceManager());
unsigned ObjCMTAction = CI.getFrontendOpts().ObjCMTAction;
unsigned ObjCMTOpts = ObjCMTAction;
// These are companion flags, they do not enable transformations.
ObjCMTOpts &= ~(FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_AtomicProperty |
                FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_NsAtomicIOSOnlyProperty);
if (ObjCMTOpts == FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_None) {
  // If no specific option was given, enable literals+subscripting transforms
  // by default.
  ObjCMTAction |= FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_Literals |
                  FrontendOptions::ObjCMT_Subscripting;
}
CI.getPreprocessor().addPPCallbacks(std::unique_ptr<PPCallbacks>(PPRec));
std::vector<std::string> WhiteList =
  getWhiteListFilenames(CI.getFrontendOpts().ObjCMTWhiteListPath);
return std::make_unique<ObjCMigrateASTConsumer>(
    CI.getFrontendOpts().OutputFile, ObjCMTAction, Remapper,
    CI.getFileManager(), PPRec, CI.getPreprocessor(),
    /*isOutputFile=*/true, WhiteList);
2041}

2043namespace {
2044struct EditEntry {
const FileEntry *File;
unsigned Offset;
unsigned RemoveLen;
std::string Text;

EditEntry() : File(), Offset(), RemoveLen() {}
2051};
2052} // end anonymous namespace

2054namespace llvm {
2055template<> struct DenseMapInfo<EditEntry> {
static inline EditEntry getEmptyKey() {
  EditEntry Entry;
  Entry.Offset = unsigned(-1);
  return Entry;
}
static inline EditEntry getTombstoneKey() {
  EditEntry Entry;
  Entry.Offset = unsigned(-2);
  return Entry;
}
static unsigned getHashValue(const EditEntry& Val) {
  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
  ID.AddPointer(Val.File);
  ID.AddInteger(Val.Offset);
  ID.AddInteger(Val.RemoveLen);
  ID.AddString(Val.Text);
  return ID.ComputeHash();
}
static bool isEqual(const EditEntry &LHS, const EditEntry &RHS) {
  return LHS.File == RHS.File &&
      LHS.Offset == RHS.Offset &&
      LHS.RemoveLen == RHS.RemoveLen &&
      LHS.Text == RHS.Text;
}
2080};
2081} // end namespace llvm

2083namespace {
2084class RemapFileParser {
FileManager &FileMgr;

2087public:
RemapFileParser(FileManager &FileMgr) : FileMgr(FileMgr) { }

bool parse(StringRef File, SmallVectorImpl<EditEntry> &Entries) {
  using namespace llvm::yaml;

  llvm::ErrorOr<std::unique_ptr<llvm::MemoryBuffer>> FileBufOrErr =
      llvm::MemoryBuffer::getFile(File);
  if (!FileBufOrErr)
    return true;

  llvm::SourceMgr SM;
  Stream YAMLStream(FileBufOrErr.get()->getMemBufferRef(), SM);
  document_iterator I = YAMLStream.begin();
  if (I == YAMLStream.end())
    return true;
  Node *Root = I->getRoot();
  if (!Root)
    return true;

  SequenceNode *SeqNode = dyn_cast<SequenceNode>(Root);
  if (!SeqNode)
    return true;

  for (SequenceNode::iterator
         AI = SeqNode->begin(), AE = SeqNode->end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
    MappingNode *MapNode = dyn_cast<MappingNode>(&*AI);
    if (!MapNode)
      continue;
    parseEdit(MapNode, Entries);
  }

  return false;
}

2122private:
void parseEdit(llvm::yaml::MappingNode *Node,
               SmallVectorImpl<EditEntry> &Entries) {
  using namespace llvm::yaml;
  EditEntry Entry;
  bool Ignore = false;

  for (MappingNode::iterator
         KVI = Node->begin(), KVE = Node->end(); KVI != KVE; ++KVI) {
    ScalarNode *KeyString = dyn_cast<ScalarNode>((*KVI).getKey());
    if (!KeyString)
      continue;
    SmallString<10> KeyStorage;
    StringRef Key = KeyString->getValue(KeyStorage);

    ScalarNode *ValueString = dyn_cast<ScalarNode>((*KVI).getValue());
    if (!ValueString)
      continue;
    SmallString<64> ValueStorage;
    StringRef Val = ValueString->getValue(ValueStorage);

    if (Key == "file") {
      auto FE = FileMgr.getFile(Val);
      if (FE)
        Entry.File = *FE;
      else
        Ignore = true;
    } else if (Key == "offset") {
      if (Val.getAsInteger(10, Entry.Offset))
        Ignore = true;
    } else if (Key == "remove") {
      if (Val.getAsInteger(10, Entry.RemoveLen))
        Ignore = true;
    } else if (Key == "text") {
      Entry.Text = Val;
    }
  }

  if (!Ignore)
    Entries.push_back(Entry);
}
2163};
2164} // end anonymous namespace

2166static bool reportDiag(const Twine &Err, DiagnosticsEngine &Diag) {
Diag.Report(Diag.getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error, "%0"))
    << Err.str();
return true;
2170}

2172static std::string applyEditsToTemp(const FileEntry *FE,
                                  ArrayRef<EditEntry> Edits,
                                  FileManager &FileMgr,
                                  DiagnosticsEngine &Diag) {
using namespace llvm::sys;

SourceManager SM(Diag, FileMgr);
FileID FID = SM.createFileID(FE, SourceLocation(), SrcMgr::C_User);
LangOptions LangOpts;
edit::EditedSource Editor(SM, LangOpts);
for (ArrayRef<EditEntry>::iterator
      I = Edits.begin(), E = Edits.end(); I != E; ++I) {
  const EditEntry &Entry = *I;
  assert(Entry.File == FE)((Entry.File == FE) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("Entry.File == FE", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/ARCMigrate/ObjCMT.cpp"
, 2185, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  SourceLocation Loc =
      SM.getLocForStartOfFile(FID).getLocWithOffset(Entry.Offset);
  CharSourceRange Range;
  if (Entry.RemoveLen != 0) {
    Range = CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc,
                                       Loc.getLocWithOffset(Entry.RemoveLen));
  }

  edit::Commit commit(Editor);
  if (Range.isInvalid()) {
    commit.insert(Loc, Entry.Text);
  } else if (Entry.Text.empty()) {
    commit.remove(Range);
  } else {
    commit.replace(Range, Entry.Text);
  }
  Editor.commit(commit);
}

Rewriter rewriter(SM, LangOpts);
RewritesReceiver Rec(rewriter);
Editor.applyRewrites(Rec, /*adjustRemovals=*/false);

const RewriteBuffer *Buf = rewriter.getRewriteBufferFor(FID);
SmallString<512> NewText;
llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(NewText);
Buf->write(OS);

SmallString<64> TempPath;
int FD;
if (fs::createTemporaryFile(path::filename(FE->getName()),
                            path::extension(FE->getName()).drop_front(), FD,
                            TempPath)) {
  reportDiag("Could not create file: " + TempPath.str(), Diag);
  return std::string();
}

llvm::raw_fd_ostream TmpOut(FD, /*shouldClose=*/true);
TmpOut.write(NewText.data(), NewText.size());
TmpOut.close();

return TempPath.str();
2228}

2230bool arcmt::getFileRemappingsFromFileList(
                      std::vector<std::pair<std::string,std::string> > &remap,
                      ArrayRef<StringRef> remapFiles,
                      DiagnosticConsumer *DiagClient) {
bool hasErrorOccurred = false;

FileSystemOptions FSOpts;
FileManager FileMgr(FSOpts);
RemapFileParser Parser(FileMgr);

IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticIDs> DiagID(new DiagnosticIDs());
IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine> Diags(
    new DiagnosticsEngine(DiagID, new DiagnosticOptions,
                          DiagClient, /*ShouldOwnClient=*/false));

typedef llvm::DenseMap<const FileEntry *, std::vector<EditEntry> >
    FileEditEntriesTy;
FileEditEntriesTy FileEditEntries;

llvm::DenseSet<EditEntry> EntriesSet;

for (ArrayRef<StringRef>::iterator
       I = remapFiles.begin(), E = remapFiles.end(); I != E; ++I) {
  SmallVector<EditEntry, 16> Entries;
  if (Parser.parse(*I, Entries))
    continue;

  for (SmallVectorImpl<EditEntry>::iterator
         EI = Entries.begin(), EE = Entries.end(); EI != EE; ++EI) {
    EditEntry &Entry = *EI;
    if (!Entry.File)
      continue;
    std::pair<llvm::DenseSet<EditEntry>::iterator, bool>
      Insert = EntriesSet.insert(Entry);
    if (!Insert.second)
      continue;

    FileEditEntries[Entry.File].push_back(Entry);
  }
}

for (FileEditEntriesTy::iterator
       I = FileEditEntries.begin(), E = FileEditEntries.end(); I != E; ++I) {
  std::string TempFile = applyEditsToTemp(I->first, I->second,
                                          FileMgr, *Diags);
  if (TempFile.empty()) {
    hasErrorOccurred = true;
    continue;
  }

  remap.emplace_back(I->first->getName(), TempFile);
}

return hasErrorOccurred;
2284}

←

/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h

1//===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9/// \file
10/// C Language Family Type Representation
11///
12/// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to
13/// represent types for languages in the C family.
14//
15//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

17#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H
18#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H

20#include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h"
21#include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h"
23#include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h"
24#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
25#include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h"
26#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h"
32#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
33#include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h"
34#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
35#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
36#include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
37#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
38#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
39#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
40#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
41#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
42#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
43#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
44#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
45#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
46#include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h"
47#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
48#include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h"
49#include <cassert>
50#include <cstddef>
51#include <cstdint>
52#include <cstring>
53#include <string>
54#include <type_traits>
55#include <utility>

57namespace clang {

59class ExtQuals;
60class QualType;
61class TagDecl;
62class Type;

64enum {
TypeAlignmentInBits = 4,
TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits
67};

69namespace serialization {
template <class T> class AbstractTypeReader;
template <class T> class AbstractTypeWriter;
72}

74} // namespace clang

76namespace llvm {

template <typename T>
struct PointerLikeTypeTraits;
template<>
struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> {
  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; }

  static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
    return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P);
  }

  enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits };
};

template<>
struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> {
  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; }

  static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
    return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P);
  }

  enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits };
};

102} // namespace llvm

104namespace clang {

106class ASTContext;
107template <typename> class CanQual;
108class CXXRecordDecl;
109class DeclContext;
110class EnumDecl;
111class Expr;
112class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase;
113class FunctionDecl;
114class IdentifierInfo;
115class NamedDecl;
116class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
117class ObjCProtocolDecl;
118class ObjCTypeParamDecl;
119struct PrintingPolicy;
120class RecordDecl;
121class Stmt;
122class TagDecl;
123class TemplateArgument;
124class TemplateArgumentListInfo;
125class TemplateArgumentLoc;
126class TemplateTypeParmDecl;
127class TypedefNameDecl;
128class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl;

130using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>;

132// Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes.
133#define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type;
134#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"

136/// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support.
137/// Clang supports five independent qualifiers:
138/// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict
139/// * MS: __unaligned
140/// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces
141/// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong)
142class Qualifiers {
143public:
enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ.
  Const    = 0x1,
  Restrict = 0x2,
  Volatile = 0x4,
  CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict
};

enum GC {
  GCNone = 0,
  Weak,
  Strong
};

enum ObjCLifetime {
  /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type.
  OCL_None,

  /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or
  /// releases.
  OCL_ExplicitNone,

  /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be
  /// released and the new value to be retained.  The timing of the
  /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to
  /// immediately after the last known point where the value is
  /// live.
  OCL_Strong,

  /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call.
  OCL_Weak,

  /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension.
  OCL_Autoreleasing
};

enum {
  /// The maximum supported address space number.
  /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone.
  MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu,

  /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask.
  FastWidth = 3,

  /// The fast qualifier mask.
  FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1
};

/// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from
/// the given sets.
static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) {
  // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient.
  if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) {
    Qualifiers Q;
    Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask;
    L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
    R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
    return Q;
  }

  Qualifiers Q;
  unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers();
  Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);
  L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);
  R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);

  if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) {
    Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr());
    L.removeObjCGCAttr();
    R.removeObjCGCAttr();
  }

  if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) {
    Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime());
    L.removeObjCLifetime();
    R.removeObjCLifetime();
  }

  if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) {
    Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace());
    L.removeAddressSpace();
    R.removeAddressSpace();
  }
  return Q;
}

static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask);
  return Qs;
}

static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR);
  return Qs;
}

static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU);
  return Qs;
}

// Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation.
static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.Mask = opaque;
  return Qs;
}

// Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation.
unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const {
  return Mask;
}

bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; }
bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; }
void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; }
void addConst() { Mask |= Const; }

bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; }
bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; }
void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; }
void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; }

bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; }
bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; }
void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; }
void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; }

bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); }
unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; }
unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); }

void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask;
}
void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 283, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask &= ~mask;
}
void removeCVRQualifiers() {
  removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask);
}
void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 290, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask |= mask;
}
void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVRU bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 294, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask |= mask;
}

bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; }
void setUnaligned(bool flag) {
  Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0);
}
void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; }
void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; }

bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; }
GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); }
void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) {
  Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift);
}
void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); }
void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) {
  assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 312, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  setObjCGCAttr(type);
}
Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const {
  Qualifiers qs = *this;
  qs.removeObjCGCAttr();
  return qs;
}
Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const {
  Qualifiers qs = *this;
  qs.removeObjCLifetime();
  return qs;
}
Qualifiers withoutAddressSpace() const {
  Qualifiers qs = *this;
  qs.removeAddressSpace();
  return qs;
}

bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; }
ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const {
  return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift);
}
void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) {
  Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift);
}
void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); }
void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) {
  assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 340, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(!hasObjCLifetime())((!hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("!hasObjCLifetime()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 341, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift);
}

/// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone.
bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const {
  ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime();
  return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone);
}

/// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak.
bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const {
  ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime();
  return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak);
}

bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; }
LangAS getAddressSpace() const {
  return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift);
}
bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const {
  return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace());
}
/// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics.
unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const {
  auto Addr = getAddressSpace();
  // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific
  // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider
  // printing the QualType instead of the address space value.
  assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())((Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())
 ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 370, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (Addr != LangAS::Default)
    return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr);
  // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed
  // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default
  // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))).
  return 0;
}
void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) {
  assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace)(((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace) ? static_cast<void
> (0) : __assert_fail ("(unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 379, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask)
       | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift);
}
void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); }
void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) {
  assert(space != LangAS::Default)((space != LangAS::Default) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("space != LangAS::Default", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 385, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  setAddressSpace(space);
}

// Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly
// on a QualType object.
bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); }
unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; }
void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 394, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask;
}
void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 398, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask &= ~mask;
}
void removeFastQualifiers() {
  removeFastQualifiers(FastMask);
}
void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 405, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask |= mask;
}

/// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals
/// node to be allocated.
bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; }
Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const {
  Qualifiers Quals = *this;
  Quals.setFastQualifiers(0);
  return Quals;
}

/// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers.
bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; }
bool empty() const { return !Mask; }

/// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set.
void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) {
  // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just
  // bit-or it in.
  if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask))
    Mask |= Q.Mask;
  else {
    Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask);
    if (Q.hasAddressSpace())
      addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace());
    if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr())
      addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr());
    if (Q.hasObjCLifetime())
      addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime());
  }
}

/// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set.
void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) {
  // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just
  // bit-and the inverse in.
  if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask))
    Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
  else {
    Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask);
    if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr())
      removeObjCGCAttr();
    if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime())
      removeObjCLifetime();
    if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace())
      removeAddressSpace();
  }
}

/// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that
/// they don't conflict.
void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) {
  assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace
() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 460, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace())((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace
() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 460, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() ||
 !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 462, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr())((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() ||
 !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 462, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime
() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 464, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime())((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime
() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 464, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask |= qs.Mask;
}

/// Returns true if address space A is equal to or a superset of B.
/// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of
/// overlapping address spaces.
/// CL1.1 or CL1.2:
///   every address space is a superset of itself.
/// CL2.0 adds:
///   __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant.
static bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LangAS A, LangAS B) {
  // Address spaces must match exactly.
  return A == B ||
         // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except
         // for __constant can be used as __generic.
         (A == LangAS::opencl_generic && B != LangAS::opencl_constant) ||
         // Consider pointer size address spaces to be equivalent to default.
         ((isPtrSizeAddressSpace(A) || A == LangAS::Default) &&
          (isPtrSizeAddressSpace(B) || B == LangAS::Default));
}

/// Returns true if the address space in these qualifiers is equal to or
/// a superset of the address space in the argument qualifiers.
bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const {
  return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(getAddressSpace(), other.getAddressSpace());
}

/// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set.
/// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other
/// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers.
bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const {
  return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) &&
         // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't
         // be changed.
         (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() ||
          !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) &&
         // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly.
         getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() &&
         // CVR qualifiers may subset.
         (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) &&
         // U qualifier may superset.
         (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned());
}

/// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of
/// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime.
///
/// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other
/// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the
/// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak
/// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes).
bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const {
  if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime())
    return true;

  if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak)
    return false;

  if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None)
    return true;

  return hasConst();
}

/// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of
/// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility.
bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const;

bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; }
bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; }

explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); }

Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) {
  addQualifiers(R);
  return *this;
}

// Union two qualifier sets.  If an enumerated qualifier appears
// in both sets, use the one from the right.
friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) {
  L += R;
  return L;
}

Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) {
  removeQualifiers(R);
  return *this;
}

/// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets.
friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) {
  L -= R;
  return L;
}

std::string getAsString() const;
std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

static std::string getAddrSpaceAsString(LangAS AS);

bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
           bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
  ID.AddInteger(Mask);
}

574private:
// bits:     |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6  ..  8|9   ...   31|
//           |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace|
uint32_t Mask = 0;

static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8;
static const uint32_t UShift = 3;
static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30;
static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4;
static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0;
static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6;
static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask =
    ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask);
static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9;
588};

590/// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split
591/// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type.
592struct SplitQualType {
/// The locally-unqualified type.
const Type *Ty = nullptr;

/// The local qualifiers.
Qualifiers Quals;

SplitQualType() = default;
SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {}

SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file

// Make std::tie work.
std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const {
  return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals);
}

friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) {
  return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals;
}
friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) {
  return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals;
}
615};

617/// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into.
618///
619/// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when
620/// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an
621/// unspecialized type.
622enum class ObjCSubstitutionContext {
/// An ordinary type.
Ordinary,

/// The result type of a method or function.
Result,

/// The parameter type of a method or function.
Parameter,

/// The type of a property.
Property,

/// The superclass of a type.
Superclass,
637};

639/// A (possibly-)qualified type.
640///
641/// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their
642/// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers.  This
643/// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for
644/// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int',
645/// 'const volatile int', etc).
646///
647/// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we
648/// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the
649/// pointer.  To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a
650/// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer.  A third bit
651/// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which
652/// case the pointer points to a special structure.
653class QualType {
friend class QualifierCollector;

// Thankfully, these are efficiently composable.
llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>,
                     Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value;

const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const {
  return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>();
}

const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const {
  return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>();
}

const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const {
  assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")((!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")
 ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isNull() && \"Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 669, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue());
  CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1);
  return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal);
}

675public:
QualType() = default;
QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {}
QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {}

unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); }
void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); }

/// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type.
///
/// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be
/// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull().
const Type *getTypePtr() const;

const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const;

/// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type.
const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const;

/// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local
/// qualifiers.
SplitQualType split() const;

void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); }

static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) {
  QualType T;
  T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr));
  return T;
}

const Type &operator*() const {
  return *getTypePtr();
}

const Type *operator->() const {
  return getTypePtr();
}

bool isCanonical() const;
bool isCanonicalAsParam() const;

/// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet.
bool isNull() const {
  return Value.getPointer().isNull();
}

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
/// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
/// added "const" at a different level.
bool isLocalConstQualified() const {
  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const);
}

/// Determine whether this type is const-qualified.
bool isConstQualified() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
/// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
/// added "restrict" at a different level.
bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const {
  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict);
}

/// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified.
bool isRestrictQualified() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
/// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
/// added "volatile" at a different level.
bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const {
  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile);
}

/// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified.
bool isVolatileQualified() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any
/// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add
/// qualifiers at a different level.
bool hasLocalQualifiers() const {
  return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers();
}

/// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers.
bool hasQualifiers() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any
/// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType
/// instance.
bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const {
  return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>();
}

/// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType
/// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or
/// other sugar.
Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const;

/// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type.
Qualifiers getQualifiers() const;

/// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers
/// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers
/// acquired through typedefs or other sugar.
unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const {
  return getLocalFastQualifiers();
}

/// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers
/// applied to this type.
unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const;

bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const {
  return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx);
}

/// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10).
bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98
/// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language.
bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules
/// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language.
/// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike
/// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account.
bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9)
bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9)
bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const;


/// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic.
bool mayBeDynamicClass() const;

/// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic.
bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const;

// Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be
// easily added.

/// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType.
void addConst() {
  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
}
QualType withConst() const {
  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
}

/// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType.
void addVolatile() {
  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
}
QualType withVolatile() const {
  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
}

/// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType.
void addRestrict() {
  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
}
QualType withRestrict() const {
  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
}

QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const {
  return withFastQualifiers(CVR);
}

void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) {
  assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 851, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!")((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 851, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs);
}

void removeLocalConst();
void removeLocalVolatile();
void removeLocalRestrict();
void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask);

void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); }
void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) {
  assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"mask has non-fast qualifiers\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 862, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask);
}

// Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any
// qualifiers already on this type.
QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const {
  QualType T = *this;
  T.addFastQualifiers(TQs);
  return T;
}

// Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing
// any existing fast qualifiers.
QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const {
  return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs);
}

// Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place.
QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const {
  QualType T = *this;
  T.removeLocalFastQualifiers();
  return T;
}

QualType getCanonicalType() const;

/// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers
/// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied
/// through typedefs.
QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); }

/// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type,
/// removing as little sugar as possible.
///
/// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the
/// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given:
///
/// \code
/// typedef int Integer;
/// typedef const Integer CInteger;
/// typedef CInteger DifferenceType;
/// \endcode
///
/// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will
/// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it.
///
/// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array
/// type.  To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use
/// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType.
inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const;

/// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little
/// sugar as possible.
///
/// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of
/// qualifiers that were built up.
///
/// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array
/// type.  To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use
/// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType.
inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const;

/// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other
/// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers.
bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const;

/// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other
/// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers.
bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const;

QualType getNonReferenceType() const;

/// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the
/// specified result type.
///
/// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is
/// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily
/// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no
/// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers
/// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C).
QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from
/// the type.  This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc.  If the outer level of
/// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified.  This is similar
/// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs.  For
/// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is
/// concrete.
///
/// Qualifiers are left in place.
QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
  return getDesugaredType(*this, Context);
}

SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const {
  return getSplitDesugaredType(*this);
}

/// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from
/// the type.
///
/// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level
/// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified.
QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
  return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context);
}

/// Returns the specified type after dropping any
/// outer-level parentheses.
QualType IgnoreParens() const {
  if (isa<ParenType>(*this))
    return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this);
  return *this;
}

/// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical.
friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
  return LHS.Value == RHS.Value;
}
friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
  return LHS.Value != RHS.Value;
}
friend bool operator<(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
  return LHS.Value < RHS.Value;
}

static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split,
                               const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
  return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy);
}
static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
                               const PrintingPolicy &Policy);

std::string getAsString() const;
std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
           const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(),
           unsigned Indentation = 0) const;

static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS,
                  const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder,
                  unsigned Indentation = 0) {
  return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation);
}

static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
                  raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy,
                  const Twine &PlaceHolder,
                  unsigned Indentation = 0);

void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str,
                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out,
                                const PrintingPolicy &policy) {
  return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy);
}

static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
                                std::string &out,
                                const PrintingPolicy &policy);

class StreamedQualTypeHelper {
  const QualType &T;
  const PrintingPolicy &Policy;
  const Twine &PlaceHolder;
  unsigned Indentation;

public:
  StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                         const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation)
      : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder),
        Indentation(Indentation) {}

  friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS,
                                 const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) {
    SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation);
    return OS;
  }
};

StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                              const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(),
                              unsigned Indentation = 0) const {
  return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation);
}

void dump(const char *s) const;
void dump() const;
void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
  ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr());
}

/// Check if this type has any address space qualifier.
inline bool hasAddressSpace() const;

/// Return the address space of this type.
inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const;

/// Returns gc attribute of this type.
inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const;

/// true when Type is objc's weak.
bool isObjCGCWeak() const {
  return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak;
}

/// true when Type is objc's strong.
bool isObjCGCStrong() const {
  return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong;
}

/// Returns lifetime attribute of this type.
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const {
  return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime();
}

bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const {
  return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime();
}

bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const {
  return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime();
}

// true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't.
bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const;

enum PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind {
  /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that
  /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a
  /// boolean condition for non-triviality.
  PDIK_Trivial,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __strong qualifier.
  PDIK_ARCStrong,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __weak qualifier.
  PDIK_ARCWeak,

  /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial.
  PDIK_Struct
};

/// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types.

/// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
/// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize
/// and return the kind.
PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind
isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const;

enum PrimitiveCopyKind {
  /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that
  /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a
  /// boolean condition for non-triviality.
  PCK_Trivial,

  /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types
  /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be
  /// volatile-qualified.
  PCK_VolatileTrivial,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __strong qualifier.
  PCK_ARCStrong,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __weak qualifier.
  PCK_ARCWeak,

  /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither
  /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial.
  /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying
  /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend
  /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by
  /// overload resolution to do the copy.
  PCK_Struct
};

/// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
/// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the
/// kind.
PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const;

/// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
/// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively
/// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style
/// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state
/// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the
/// source object is placed in an uninitialized state.
PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const;

enum DestructionKind {
  DK_none,
  DK_cxx_destructor,
  DK_objc_strong_lifetime,
  DK_objc_weak_lifetime,
  DK_nontrivial_c_struct
};

/// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require
/// non-trivial work to clean up after.  Non-zero because it's
/// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make
/// something require destruction.
DestructionKind isDestructedType() const {
  return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this);
}

/// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to
/// default-initialize, which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial
/// to default-initialize. If this returns true,
/// isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize returns PDIK_Struct.
bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const;

/// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to destruct,
/// which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to destruct. If
/// this returns true, isDestructedType returns DK_nontrivial_c_struct.
bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const;

/// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to copy, which
/// is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to copy. If this returns
/// true, isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy returns PCK_Struct.
bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const;

/// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden
/// from being lvalues in C.
///
/// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are:
///   - 'void', but not qualified void
///   - function types
///
/// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1:
///   An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete
///   type other than void.
bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const;

/// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the
/// subject type.
///
/// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists.
///
/// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the
/// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally
/// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type
/// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate
/// for the context.
///
/// \param context The context in which the subject type was written.
///
/// \returns the resulting type.
QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx,
                           ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
                           ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const;

/// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type
/// parameters used in the subject type.
///
/// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for
/// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of
/// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of
/// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation.
///
/// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're
/// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message
/// or the base of a property access.
///
/// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was
/// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should
/// be substituted.
///
/// \param context The context in which the subject type was written.
///
/// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type
/// parameters with their corresponding arguments.
QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType,
                             const DeclContext *dc,
                             ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const;

/// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type.
QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const;

/// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic.
QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const;

1253private:
// These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit;
// "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the
// caller.
static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx);
static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context);
static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T);
static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type);
static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type,
                                               const ASTContext &C);
static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T);
static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type);

/// Check if \param RD is or contains a non-trivial C union.
static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD);
static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD);
static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD);
1270};

1272} // namespace clang

1274namespace llvm {

1276/// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType
1277/// to a specific Type class.
1278template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> {
using SimpleType = const ::clang::Type *;

static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) {
  return Val.getTypePtr();
}
1284};

1286// Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer".
1287template<>
1288struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> {
static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) {
  return P.getAsOpaquePtr();
}

static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
  return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P);
}

// Various qualifiers go in low bits.
enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 0 };
1299};

1301} // namespace llvm

1303namespace clang {

1305/// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type
1306/// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the
1307/// two.
1308class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase {
friend class ExtQuals;
friend class QualType;
friend class Type;

/// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or
/// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type).
///
/// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its
/// underlying type pointer.
const Type *const BaseType;

/// The canonical type of this type.  A QualType.
QualType CanonicalType;

ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon)
    : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {}
1325};

1327/// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a
1328/// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want
1329/// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type.  Therefore we have this
1330/// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to
1331/// store qualifiers.
1332///
1333/// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers
1334/// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether
1335/// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces,
1336/// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare.
1337class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
// NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as
// long as you don't make 'const' non-fast.
// 1. Qualifiers:
//    a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ).
//       Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits.
//    b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask.
// 2. QualType:
//    a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline.
//    b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of
//       this header.
// 3. ASTContext:
//    a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type.

/// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains
/// extended qualifiers.
Qualifiers Quals;

ExtQuals *this_() { return this; }

1357public:
ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals)
    : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType,
                             canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon),
      Quals(quals) {
  assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1363, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers")((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1363, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1365, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1365, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; }

bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); }
Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); }

bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); }
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const {
  return Quals.getObjCLifetime();
}

bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); }
LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); }

const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }

1383public:
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
  Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const Type *BaseType,
                    Qualifiers Quals) {
  assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1391, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  ID.AddPointer(BaseType);
  Quals.Profile(ID);
}
1395};

1397/// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type.
1398/// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an
1399/// lvalue, rvalue, or neither.
1400enum RefQualifierKind {
/// No ref-qualifier was provided.
RQ_None = 0,

/// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &).
RQ_LValue,

/// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&).
RQ_RValue
1409};

1411/// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType.
1412enum class AutoTypeKeyword {
/// auto
Auto,

/// decltype(auto)
DecltypeAuto,

/// __auto_type (GNU extension)
GNUAutoType
1421};

1423/// The base class of the type hierarchy.
1424///
1425/// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical
1426/// type.  A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out
1427/// of it or the types it references.  For example, consider:
1428///
1429///  typedef int  foo;
1430///  typedef foo* bar;
1431///    'int *'    'foo *'    'bar'
1432///
1433/// There will be a Type object created for 'int'.  Since int is canonical, its
1434/// CanonicalType pointer points to itself.  There is also a Type for 'foo' (a
1435/// TypedefType).  Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type.  Next
1436/// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is
1437/// canonical.  Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical
1438/// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type
1439/// is also 'int*'.
1440///
1441/// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing
1442/// information about typedefs being used.  Canonical types are useful for type
1443/// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning
1444/// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type),
1445/// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type.
1446///
1447/// Types, once created, are immutable.
1448///
1449class alignas(8) Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase {
1450public:
enum TypeClass {
1452#define TYPE(Class, Base) Class,
1453#define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class
1454#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
1455#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"
};

1458private:
/// Bitfields required by the Type class.
class TypeBitfields {
  friend class Type;
  template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache;

  /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to.
  unsigned TC : 8;

  /// Whether this type is a dependent type (C++ [temp.dep.type]).
  unsigned Dependent : 1;

  /// Whether this type somehow involves a template parameter, even
  /// if the resolution of the type does not depend on a template parameter.
  unsigned InstantiationDependent : 1;

  /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5).
  unsigned VariablyModified : 1;

  /// Whether this type contains an unexpanded parameter pack
  /// (for C++11 variadic templates).
  unsigned ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack : 1;

  /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with
  /// 'Cache') is valid.
  mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1;

  /// Linkage of this type.
  mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3;

  /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types.
  mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1;

  /// Whether this type comes from an AST file.
  mutable unsigned FromAST : 1;

  bool isCacheValid() const {
    return CacheValid;
  }

  Linkage getLinkage() const {
    assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1499, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage);
  }

  bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const {
    assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1504, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    return CachedLocalOrUnnamed;
  }
};
enum { NumTypeBits = 18 };

1510protected:
// These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields
// into Type.

class ArrayTypeBitfields {
  friend class ArrayType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like
  /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only.
  unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3;

  /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like
  /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only.
  /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier.
  unsigned SizeModifier : 3;
};

class ConstantArrayTypeBitfields {
  friend class ConstantArrayType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits + 3 + 3;

  /// Whether we have a stored size expression.
  unsigned HasStoredSizeExpr : 1;
};

class BuiltinTypeBitfields {
  friend class BuiltinType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is.
  unsigned Kind : 8;
};

/// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType.
/// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored
/// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType.
class FunctionTypeBitfields {
  friend class FunctionProtoType;
  friend class FunctionType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like
  /// regparm and the calling convention.
  unsigned ExtInfo : 12;

  /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType.
  ///
  /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind.
  unsigned RefQualifier : 2;

  /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the
  /// other bitfields.
  /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because...
  ///
  /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the
  /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type.
  unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth;
  /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers.
  unsigned HasExtQuals : 1;

  /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'.
  /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is
  /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to
  /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible.
  unsigned NumParams : 16;

  /// The type of exception specification this function has.
  unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4;

  /// Whether this function has extended parameter information.
  unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1;

  /// Whether the function is variadic.
  unsigned Variadic : 1;

  /// Whether this function has a trailing return type.
  unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1;
};

class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields {
  friend class ObjCObjectType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type.
  unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7;

  /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type.
  unsigned NumProtocols : 6;

  /// Whether this is a "kindof" type.
  unsigned IsKindOf : 1;
};

class ReferenceTypeBitfields {
  friend class ReferenceType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil.
  /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false
  /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9,
  /// as follows:
  ///
  ///   typedef int &ref;    // lvalue, spelled lvalue
  ///   typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue
  ///   ref &a;              // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue
  ///   ref &&a;             // lvalue, inner ref
  ///   rvref &a;            // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue
  ///   rvref &&a;           // rvalue, inner ref
  unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1;

  /// True if the inner type is a reference type.  This only happens
  /// in non-canonical forms.
  unsigned InnerRef : 1;
};

class TypeWithKeywordBitfields {
  friend class TypeWithKeyword;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword.  8 bits for efficient access.
  unsigned Keyword : 8;
};

enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 };

class ElaboratedTypeBitfields {
  friend class ElaboratedType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
  unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits;

  /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl.
  unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1;
};

class VectorTypeBitfields {
  friend class VectorType;
  friend class DependentVectorType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some
  /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon.
  unsigned VecKind : 3;

  /// The number of elements in the vector.
  unsigned NumElements : 29 - NumTypeBits;

  enum { MaxNumElements = (1 << (29 - NumTypeBits)) - 1 };
};

class AttributedTypeBitfields {
  friend class AttributedType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// An AttributedType::Kind
  unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits;
};

class AutoTypeBitfields {
  friend class AutoType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)',
  /// or '__auto_type'?  AutoTypeKeyword value.
  unsigned Keyword : 2;
};

class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields {
  friend class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is
  /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits].
  /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template
  /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible.
  /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type
  /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to
  /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  unsigned NumArgs;
};

class TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields {
  friend class TemplateSpecializationType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias.
  unsigned TypeAlias : 1;

  /// The number of template arguments named in this class template
  /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024
  /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to
  /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large
  /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since
  /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason
  /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  unsigned NumArgs;
};

class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields {
  friend class DependentTemplateSpecializationType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
  unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits;

  /// The number of template arguments named in this class template
  /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024
  /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to
  /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large
  /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since
  /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason
  /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  unsigned NumArgs;
};

class PackExpansionTypeBitfields {
  friend class PackExpansionType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will
  /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to
  /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit
  /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to
  /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a
  /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so
  /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  ///
  /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter
  /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others
  /// have not.
  unsigned NumExpansions;
};

union {
  TypeBitfields TypeBits;
  ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits;
  ConstantArrayTypeBitfields ConstantArrayTypeBits;
  AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits;
  AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits;
  BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits;
  FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits;
  ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits;
  ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits;
  TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits;
  ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits;
  VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits;
  SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits;
  TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits;
  DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields
    DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits;
  PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits;

  static_assert(sizeof(TypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "TypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(ArrayTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "ArrayTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(AttributedTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "AttributedTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(AutoTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "AutoTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(BuiltinTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "BuiltinTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(FunctionTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "FunctionTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "ObjCObjectTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(ReferenceTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "ReferenceTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(TypeWithKeywordBitfields) <= 8,
                "TypeWithKeywordBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(ElaboratedTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "ElaboratedTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(VectorTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "VectorTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields is larger"
                " than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields is larger"
                " than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields is larger"
                " than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(PackExpansionTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "PackExpansionTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes");
};

1810private:
template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache;

/// Set whether this type comes from an AST file.
void setFromAST(bool V = true) const {
  TypeBits.FromAST = V;
}

1818protected:
friend class ASTContext;

Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, bool Dependent,
     bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified,
     bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
    : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this,
                             canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) {
  TypeBits.TC = tc;
  TypeBits.Dependent = Dependent;
  TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = Dependent || InstantiationDependent;
  TypeBits.VariablyModified = VariablyModified;
  TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack;
  TypeBits.CacheValid = false;
  TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false;
  TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage;
  TypeBits.FromAST = false;
}

// silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list
Type *this_() { return this; }

void setDependent(bool D = true) {
  TypeBits.Dependent = D;
  if (D)
    TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = true;
}

void setInstantiationDependent(bool D = true) {
  TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = D; }

void setVariablyModified(bool VM = true) { TypeBits.VariablyModified = VM; }

void setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(bool PP = true) {
  TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = PP;
}

1855public:
friend class ASTReader;
friend class ASTWriter;
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader;
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeWriter;

Type(const Type &) = delete;
Type(Type &&) = delete;
Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete;
Type &operator=(Type &&) = delete;

TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); }

/// Whether this type comes from an AST file.
bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; }

/// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter
/// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates.
///
/// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the
/// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the
/// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T':
///
/// \code
/// template<typename ...T>
/// struct X {
///   typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack.
/// };
/// \endcode
///
/// Note that this routine does not specify which
bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const {
  return TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack;
}

/// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further
/// qualification.
bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const {
  return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0);
}

/// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type.
/// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType()
/// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&).
QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const;

/// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1):
/// object types, function types, and incomplete types.

/// Return true if this is an incomplete type.
/// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to
/// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this
/// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required.
///
/// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration
/// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C
/// class), will be set to the declaration.
bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const;

/// Return true if this is an incomplete or object
/// type, in other words, not a function type.
bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const {
  return !isFunctionType();
}

/// Determine whether this type is an object type.
bool isObjectType() const {
  // C++ [basic.types]p8:
  //   An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a
  //   function type, not a reference type, and not a void type.
  return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType();
}

/// Return true if this is a literal type
/// (C++11 [basic.types]p10)
bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;

/// Test if this type is a standard-layout type.
/// (C++0x [basic.type]p9)
bool isStandardLayoutType() const;

/// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates
/// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers.

/// Returns true if the type is a builtin type.
bool isBuiltinType() const;

/// Test for a particular builtin type.
bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const;

/// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but
/// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within
/// Clang.  All such types are BuiltinTypes.
bool isPlaceholderType() const;
const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const;

/// Test for a specific placeholder type.
bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const;

/// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see
/// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType.
bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const;

/// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension).
/// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers.
bool isIntegerType() const;     // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum)
bool isEnumeralType() const;

/// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type.
bool isScopedEnumeralType() const;
bool isBooleanType() const;
bool isCharType() const;
bool isWideCharType() const;
bool isChar8Type() const;
bool isChar16Type() const;
bool isChar32Type() const;
bool isAnyCharacterType() const;
bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;

/// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type.
bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const;

/// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type.
bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const;
bool isUnscopedEnumerationType() const;

/// Floating point categories.
bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double)
/// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension).
/// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers.
bool isComplexType() const;      // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex)
bool isAnyComplexType() const;   // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int.
bool isFloatingType() const;     // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex)
bool isHalfType() const;         // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half)
bool isFloat16Type() const;      // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661
bool isFloat128Type() const;
bool isRealType() const;         // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer)
bool isArithmeticType() const;   // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating)
bool isVoidType() const;         // C99 6.2.5p19
bool isScalarType() const;       // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers)
bool isAggregateType() const;
bool isFundamentalType() const;
bool isCompoundType() const;

// Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified
// type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers.
bool isFunctionType() const;
bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); }
bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); }
bool isPointerType() const;
bool isAnyPointerType() const;   // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer
bool isBlockPointerType() const;
bool isVoidPointerType() const;
bool isReferenceType() const;
bool isLValueReferenceType() const;
bool isRValueReferenceType() const;
bool isObjectPointerType() const;
bool isFunctionPointerType() const;
bool isFunctionReferenceType() const;
bool isMemberPointerType() const;
bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const;
bool isMemberDataPointerType() const;
bool isArrayType() const;
bool isConstantArrayType() const;
bool isIncompleteArrayType() const;
bool isVariableArrayType() const;
bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const;
bool isRecordType() const;
bool isClassType() const;
bool isStructureType() const;
bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const;
bool isInterfaceType() const;
bool isStructureOrClassType() const;
bool isUnionType() const;
bool isComplexIntegerType() const;            // GCC _Complex integer type.
bool isVectorType() const;                    // GCC vector type.
bool isExtVectorType() const;                 // Extended vector type.
bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const;     // value-dependent address space qualifier
bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const;         // pointer to ObjC object
bool isObjCRetainableType() const;            // ObjC object or block pointer
bool isObjCLifetimeType() const;              // (array of)* retainable type
bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const;      // (pointer to)* lifetime type
bool isObjCNSObjectType() const;              // __attribute__((NSObject))
bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const;      // __attribute__((objc_independent_class))
// FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type
// for the common case.
bool isObjCObjectType() const;                // NSString or typeof(*(id)0)
bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const;    // NSString<foo>
bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const;           // id<foo>
bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const;        // Class<foo>
bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const;
bool isObjCIdType() const;                    // id
bool isDecltypeType() const;
/// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained
/// qualifier?
///
/// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this
/// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified
/// with __unsafe_unretained?
bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const {
  return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained);
}

/// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an
/// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id
/// <NSCopying>.
///
/// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types,
/// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or
/// null for 'id.
bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx,
                                const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const;

bool isObjCClassType() const;                 // Class

/// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an
/// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>.
///
/// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound
/// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class
/// object for a subclass of NSFoo".
bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const;

bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const;
bool isObjCSelType() const;                 // Class
bool isObjCBuiltinType() const;               // 'id' or 'Class'
bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const;
bool isCARCBridgableType() const;
bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const;          // C++ template type parameter
bool isNullPtrType() const;                   // C++11 std::nullptr_t
bool isNothrowT() const;                      // C++   std::nothrow_t
bool isAlignValT() const;                     // C++17 std::align_val_t
bool isStdByteType() const;                   // C++17 std::byte
bool isAtomicType() const;                    // C11 _Atomic()
bool isUndeducedAutoType() const;             // C++11 auto or
                                              // C++14 decltype(auto)

2092#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
bool is##Id##Type() const;
2094#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"

bool isImageType() const;                     // Any OpenCL image type

bool isSamplerT() const;                      // OpenCL sampler_t
bool isEventT() const;                        // OpenCL event_t
bool isClkEventT() const;                     // OpenCL clk_event_t
bool isQueueT() const;                        // OpenCL queue_t
bool isReserveIDT() const;                    // OpenCL reserve_id_t

2104#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \
bool is##Id##Type() const;
2106#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
// Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension
bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const;
bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const;              // Any OpenCL extension type

bool isPipeType() const;                      // OpenCL pipe type
bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const;            // Any OpenCL specific type

/// Determines if this type, which must satisfy
/// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather
/// than implicitly __strong.
bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const;

/// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent.
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const;

enum ScalarTypeKind {
  STK_CPointer,
  STK_BlockPointer,
  STK_ObjCObjectPointer,
  STK_MemberPointer,
  STK_Bool,
  STK_Integral,
  STK_Floating,
  STK_IntegralComplex,
  STK_FloatingComplex,
  STK_FixedPoint
};

/// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it.
ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const;

/// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition
/// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]).
bool isDependentType() const { return TypeBits.Dependent; }

/// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type,
/// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the
/// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that
/// template parameter).
bool isInstantiationDependentType() const {
  return TypeBits.InstantiationDependent;
}

/// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that
/// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been
/// deduced.
bool isUndeducedType() const;

/// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5).
bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { return TypeBits.VariablyModified; }

/// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type
/// with a definite size.
bool hasSizedVLAType() const;

/// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type.
bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const;

bool isOverloadableType() const;

/// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier.
bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const;

bool canDecayToPointerType() const;

/// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer.  This includes
/// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface,
/// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t.
bool hasPointerRepresentation() const;

/// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the
/// purpose of GC'ability
bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has an integer representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector.
bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector.
bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector.
bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof.
bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const;

// Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the
// specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to
// the best type we can.
const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const;
/// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext.
const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const;
const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type.
const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const;

// The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType
// for object declared using an interface.
const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const;
const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const;
const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const;
const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const;

/// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either
/// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name
/// type of a class template or class template partial specialization.
CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const;

/// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to.
RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const;

/// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either
/// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name
/// type of a class template or class template partial specialization.
TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const;

/// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the
/// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to.
///
/// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does
/// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL.
const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const;

/// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with
/// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer
/// types, but not through decltype or typedefs.
DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const;

/// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with
/// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer
/// types, but not through decltype or typedefs.
AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const {
  return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType());
}

/// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto'
/// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested
/// function type within a pointer to function type or similar).
bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const;

/// Member-template getAs<specific type>'.  Look through sugar for
/// an instance of \<specific type>.   This scheme will eventually
/// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above.
///
/// There are some specializations of this member template listed
/// immediately following this class.
template <typename T> const T *getAs() const;

/// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds
/// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of \<specific type>.
/// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some
/// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a \<specific type>
/// to another type that is still canonically a \<specific type>.
template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const;

/// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards
/// qualifiers from the outermost type.
const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const;

/// Member-template castAs<specific type>.  Look through sugar for
/// the underlying instance of \<specific type>.
///
/// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has
/// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must*
/// have the intended type, and this method will never return null.
template <typename T> const T *castAs() const;

/// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards
/// qualifiers from the outermost type.
const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const;

/// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it
/// (looking through top-level type sugar).
bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const;

/// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type
/// qualifiers.  This should never be used when type qualifiers
/// are meaningful.
const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const;

/// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array,
/// potentially with type qualifiers missing.
/// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful.
const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const;

/// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type.
/// If this is an array type, return the array element type.
/// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful.
const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const;

/// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block
/// pointer, this returns the respective pointee.
QualType getPointeeType() const;

/// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type,
/// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers.
const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const;

/// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion
bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2

/// Return true if this is an integer type that is
/// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..],
/// or an enum decl which has a signed representation.
bool isSignedIntegerType() const;

/// Return true if this is an integer type that is
/// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool],
/// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation.
bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const;

/// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an
/// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type.
bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const;

/// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an
/// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type.
bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to
/// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169.
bool isFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point or integer type.
bool isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const;

/// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to
/// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned.
bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to
/// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned.
bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according
/// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated.
bool isSignedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according
/// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated.
bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is not a variable sized type,
/// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3.  It is not legal to call this on
/// incomplete types.
bool isConstantSizeType() const;

/// Returns true if this type can be represented by some
/// set of type specifiers.
bool isSpecifierType() const;

/// Determine the linkage of this type.
Linkage getLinkage() const;

/// Determine the visibility of this type.
Visibility getVisibility() const {
  return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility();
}

/// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code.
bool isVisibilityExplicit() const {
  return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit();
}

/// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type.
LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const;

/// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency
/// checking. Should always return true.
bool isLinkageValid() const;

/// Determine the nullability of the given type.
///
/// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type
/// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will
/// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring.
Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const;

/// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability
/// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type.
///
/// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether
///        this type can have nullability because it is dependent.
bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const;

/// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member
/// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context.
///
/// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the
/// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is
/// expected to be of some object or object pointer type.
///
/// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a
/// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension,
/// category, or method within.
///
/// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for
/// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described
/// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no
/// substitution is required.
Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>>
getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const;

/// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type
/// parameters.
bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const;

const char *getTypeClassName() const;

QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const {
  return CanonicalType;
}

CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h
void dump() const;
void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const;
2426};

2428/// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar
2429/// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type.
2430template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const;

2432/// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any
2433/// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a
2434/// non-sugared type.
2435template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const;

2437/// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar
2438/// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type.
2439template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const;

2441// We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to
2442// worry about preserving child type decoration.
2443#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2444#define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \
2445template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \
return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \
2447} \
2448template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \
return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \
2450}
2451#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"

2453/// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'.  Builtin
2454/// types are always canonical and have a literal name field.
2455class BuiltinType : public Type {
2456public:
enum Kind {
2458// OpenCL image types
2459#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id,
2460#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
2461// OpenCL extension types
2462#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id,
2463#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
2464// SVE Types
2465#define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id,
2466#include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def"
2467// All other builtin types
2468#define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id,
2469#define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id
2470#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
};

2473private:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

BuiltinType(Kind K)
    : Type(Builtin, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/(K == Dependent),
           /*InstantiationDependent=*/(K == Dependent),
           /*VariablyModified=*/false,
           /*Unexpanded parameter pack=*/false) {
  BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K;
}

2484public:
Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); }
StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const {
  // The StringRef is null-terminated.
  StringRef str = getName(Policy);
  assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0')((!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0') ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\\0'"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 2491, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return str.data();
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

bool isInteger() const {
  return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128;
}

bool isSignedInteger() const {
  return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128;
}

bool isUnsignedInteger() const {
  return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128;
}

bool isFloatingPoint() const {
  return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Float128;
}

/// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type.
static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) {
  return K >= Overload;
}

/// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type
/// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed
/// expression.
bool isPlaceholderType() const {
  return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind());
}

/// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than
/// Overload.  Most placeholder types require only syntactic
/// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g.
/// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and
/// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis.
/// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information
/// from their context, like whether the context expects a
/// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need
/// special treatment.
bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const {
  return getKind() > Overload;
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; }
2540};

2542/// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11.  This supports the C99 complex
2543/// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions.
2544class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType ElementType;

ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->isDependentType(),
           Element->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           Element->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           Element->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      ElementType(Element) {}

2556public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) {
  ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; }
2571};

2573/// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types.
2574class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType Inner;

ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType)
    : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->isDependentType(),
           InnerType->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           InnerType->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           InnerType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      Inner(InnerType) {}

2586public:
QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getInnerType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) {
  Inner.Profile(ID);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; }
2601};

2603/// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators.
2604class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType PointeeType;

PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->isDependentType(),
           Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      PointeeType(Pointee) {}

2616public:
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

/// Returns true if address spaces of pointers overlap.
/// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules for pointers to different
/// address spaces (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of overlapping
/// address spaces.
/// CL1.1 or CL1.2:
///   address spaces overlap iff they are they same.
/// CL2.0 adds:
///   __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant.
bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(const PointerType &other) const {
  Qualifiers thisQuals = PointeeType.getQualifiers();
  Qualifiers otherQuals = other.getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
  // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another
  return thisQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(otherQuals) ||
         otherQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(thisQuals);
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) {
  ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; }
2647};

2649/// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic
2650/// engine for arbitrary reasons.  For example, array and function types can
2651/// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted.
2652class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
QualType OriginalTy;
QualType AdjustedTy;

2656protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy,
             QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->isDependentType(),
           OriginalTy->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           OriginalTy->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           OriginalTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {}

2667public:
QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; }
QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) {
  ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed;
}
2686};

2688/// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type.
2689class DecayedType : public AdjustedType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

inline
DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical);

2695public:
QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); }

inline QualType getPointeeType() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; }
2701};

2703/// Pointer to a block type.
2704/// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as
2705/// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type.
2706class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

// Block is some kind of pointer type
QualType PointeeType;

BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls)
    : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->isDependentType(),
           Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      PointeeType(Pointee) {}

2719public:
// Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type.
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
    Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) {
    ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer;
}
2737};

2739/// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType
2740class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
QualType PointeeType;

2743protected:
ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef,
              bool SpelledAsLValue)
    : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->isDependentType(),
           Referencee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           Referencee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           Referencee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      PointeeType(Referencee) {
  ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue;
  ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType();
}

2755public:
bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; }
bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; }

QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; }

QualType getPointeeType() const {
  // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay?
  const ReferenceType *T = this;
  while (T->isInnerRef())
    T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>();
  return T->PointeeType;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    QualType Referencee,
                    bool SpelledAsLValue) {
  ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference ||
         T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference;
}
2784};

2786/// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref].
2787class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef,
                    bool SpelledAsLValue)
    : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef,
                    SpelledAsLValue) {}

2795public:
bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference;
}
2802};

2804/// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref].
2805class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef)
     : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {}

2811public:
bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference;
}
2818};

2820/// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members.
2821///
2822/// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions.
2823class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType PointeeType;

/// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a
/// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too.
const Type *Class;

MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr,
           Cls->isDependentType() || Pointee->isDependentType(),
           (Cls->isInstantiationDependentType() ||
            Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType()),
           Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           (Cls->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
            Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())),
           PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {}

2842public:
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

/// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a
/// function type rather than a data-member type.
bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const {
  return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType();
}

/// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a
/// data type rather than a function type.
bool isMemberDataPointer() const {
  return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType();
}

const Type *getClass() const { return Class; }
CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee,
                    const Type *Class) {
  ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddPointer(Class);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer;
}
2876};

2878/// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators.
2879class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2880public:
/// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4])
/// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array
/// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]).
/// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters.
enum ArraySizeModifier {
  Normal, Static, Star
};

2889private:
/// The element type of the array.
QualType ElementType;

2893protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, ArraySizeModifier sm,
          unsigned tq, const Expr *sz = nullptr);

2899public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }

ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const {
  return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier);
}

Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const {
  return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
}

unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const {
  return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals;
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray ||
         T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray ||
         T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray ||
         T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray;
}
2920};

2922/// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size.
2923/// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a
2924/// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404.
2925class ConstantArrayType final
  : public ArrayType,
    private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantArrayType, const Expr *> {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend TrailingObjects;

llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type.

ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size,
                  const Expr *sz, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
    : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq, sz), Size(size) {
  ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr = sz != nullptr;
  if (ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr) {
    assert(!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size")((!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!can.isNull() && \"canonical constant array should not have size\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 2938, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    *getTrailingObjects<const Expr*>() = sz;
  }
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<const Expr*>) const {
  return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr;
}

2947public:
const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; }
const Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
  return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr
             ? *getTrailingObjects<const Expr *>()
             : nullptr;
}
bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

/// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of
// an array with the given element type and number of elements.
static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context,
                                     QualType ElementType,
                                     const llvm::APInt &NumElements);

/// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size
/// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array.
static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) {
  Profile(ID, Ctx, getElementType(), getSize(), getSizeExpr(),
          getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx,
                    QualType ET, const llvm::APInt &ArraySize,
                    const Expr *SizeExpr, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod,
                    unsigned TypeQuals);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray;
}
2980};

2982/// Represents a C array with an unspecified size.  For example 'int A[]' has
2983/// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is
2984/// unspecified.
2985class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can,
                    ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
    : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq) {}

2992public:
friend class StmtIteratorBase;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(),
          getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET,
                    ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) {
  ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger(SizeMod);
  ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals);
}
3013};

3015/// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an
3016/// integer-constant-expression.  For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'.
3017/// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such.
3018///
3019/// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and
3020/// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean
3021/// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type
3022/// dynamically:
3023///
3024/// void foo(int x) {
3025///   int Y[x];
3026///   ++x;
3027///   int Z[x];
3028/// }
3029class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

/// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within
/// a function block.
Stmt *SizeExpr;

/// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets.
SourceRange Brackets;

VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e,
                  ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq,
                  SourceRange brackets)
    : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq, e),
      SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {}

3045public:
friend class StmtIteratorBase;

Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
  // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish
  // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h.
  return (Expr*) SizeExpr;
}

SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; }
SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); }
SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes."
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 3066);
}
3068};

3070/// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression.
3071///
3072/// For example:
3073/// \code
3074/// template<typename T, int Size>
3075/// class array {
3076///   T data[Size];
3077/// };
3078/// \endcode
3079///
3080/// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is
3081/// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will
3082/// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType.
3083class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

const ASTContext &Context;

/// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the
/// size of the array.
///
/// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array
/// type will have its size deduced from an initializer.
Stmt *SizeExpr;

/// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets.
SourceRange Brackets;

DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can,
                        Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq,
                        SourceRange brackets);

3102public:
friend class StmtIteratorBase;

Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
  // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish
  // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h.
  return (Expr*) SizeExpr;
}

SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; }
SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); }
SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(),
          getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod,
                    unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E);
3130};

3132/// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space
3133/// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a
3134/// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType.
3135///
3136/// For example:
3137/// \code
3138/// template<typename T, int AddrSpace>
3139/// class AddressSpace {
3140///   typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type;
3141/// }
3142/// \endcode
3143class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

const ASTContext &Context;
Expr *AddrSpaceExpr;
QualType PointeeType;
SourceLocation loc;

DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType,
                          QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr,
                          SourceLocation loc);

3155public:
Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; }
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr);
3173};

3175/// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is
3176/// dependent.
3177///
3178/// For example:
3179/// \code
3180/// template<typename T, int Size>
3181/// class vector {
3182///   typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type;
3183/// }
3184/// \endcode
3185class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

const ASTContext &Context;
Expr *SizeExpr;

/// The element type of the array.
QualType ElementType;

SourceLocation loc;

DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType,
                            QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc);

3199public:
Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; }
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr);
3217};


3220/// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using
3221/// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in
3222/// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration.
3223/// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the
3224/// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements.
3225class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
3226public:
enum VectorKind {
  /// not a target-specific vector type
  GenericVector,

  /// is AltiVec vector
  AltiVecVector,

  /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel'
  AltiVecPixel,

  /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...'
  AltiVecBool,

  /// is ARM Neon vector
  NeonVector,

  /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector
  NeonPolyVector
};

3247protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

/// The element type of the vector.
QualType ElementType;

VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType,
           VectorKind vecKind);

VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements,
           QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind);

3259public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; }

static bool isVectorSizeTooLarge(unsigned NumElements) {
  return NumElements > VectorTypeBitfields::MaxNumElements;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

VectorKind getVectorKind() const {
  return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind);
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(),
          getTypeClass(), getVectorKind());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType,
                    unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass,
                    VectorKind VecKind) {
  ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger(NumElements);
  ID.AddInteger(TypeClass);
  ID.AddInteger(VecKind);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector;
}
3291};

3293/// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent.
3294////
3295/// For example:
3296/// \code
3297/// template<typename T, int Size>
3298/// class vector {
3299///   typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type;
3300/// }
3301/// \endcode
3302class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

const ASTContext &Context;
QualType ElementType;
Expr *SizeExpr;
SourceLocation Loc;

DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType,
                         QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr,
                         SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind);

3314public:
Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; }
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; }
VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const {
  return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind);
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr,
                    VectorType::VectorKind VecKind);
3336};

3338/// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using
3339/// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements.
3340/// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This
3341/// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing
3342/// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL
3343/// Shading Language).
3344class ExtVectorType : public VectorType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType)
    : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {}

3350public:
static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) {
  switch (c) {
  default: return -1;
  case 'x': case 'r': return 0;
  case 'y': case 'g': return 1;
  case 'z': case 'b': return 2;
  case 'w': case 'a': return 3;
  }
}

static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) {
  switch (c) {
    default: return -1;
    case '0': return 0;
    case '1': return 1;
    case '2': return 2;
    case '3': return 3;
    case '4': return 4;
    case '5': return 5;
    case '6': return 6;
    case '7': return 7;
    case '8': return 8;
    case '9': return 9;
    case 'A':
    case 'a': return 10;
    case 'B':
    case 'b': return 11;
    case 'C':
    case 'c': return 12;
    case 'D':
    case 'd': return 13;
    case 'E':
    case 'e': return 14;
    case 'F':
    case 'f': return 15;
  }
}

static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) {
  if (isNumericAccessor)
    return getNumericAccessorIdx(c);
  else
    return getPointAccessorIdx(c);
}

bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const {
  if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1)
    return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements();
  return false;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector;
}
3408};

3410/// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators.  This is the common base
3411/// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType.
3412class FunctionType : public Type {
// The type returned by the function.
QualType ResultType;

3416public:
/// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply
/// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType
/// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the
/// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType.
///
/// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some
/// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that
/// affects how the function is called.  For example, the ARC ns_consumed
/// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default)
/// or +1 (ns_consumed).  This must be reflected in the function type,
/// but isn't really a change to the parameter type.
///
/// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is
/// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt
/// to destructure types.  For example, template argument deduction will
/// not be able to match a parameter declared as
///   T (*)(U)
/// against an argument of type
///   void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id)
/// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will
/// not produce the latter.
class ExtParameterInfo {
  enum {
    ABIMask = 0x0F,
    IsConsumed = 0x10,
    HasPassObjSize = 0x20,
    IsNoEscape = 0x40,
  };
  unsigned char Data = 0;

public:
  ExtParameterInfo() = default;

  /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter.
  ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); }
  ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const {
    ExtParameterInfo copy = *this;
    copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind);
    return copy;
  }

  /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC?
  /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type.
  bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); }
  ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const {
    ExtParameterInfo copy = *this;
    if (consumed)
      copy.Data |= IsConsumed;
    else
      copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed;
    return copy;
  }

  bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; }
  ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const {
    ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this;
    Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize;
    return Copy;
  }

  bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; }
  ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const {
    ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this;
    if (NoEscape)
      Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape;
    else
      Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape;
    return Copy;
  }

  unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; }
  static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) {
    ExtParameterInfo result;
    result.Data = data;
    return result;
  }

  friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) {
    return lhs.Data == rhs.Data;
  }

  friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) {
    return lhs.Data != rhs.Data;
  }
};

/// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for
/// making a call.
///
/// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in
/// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the
/// same bit-pattern.
///
// If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both,
// constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is
// * Operator==
// * getFoo
// * withFoo
// * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo.
// * ASTContext::getFooType
// * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes
// * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile
// * FunctionProtoType::Profile
// * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto
// * AST read and write
// * Codegen
class ExtInfo {
  friend class FunctionType;

  // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 12,
  // you'll need to adjust both the Bits field below and
  // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields.

  //   |  CC  |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck|
  //   |0 .. 4|   5    |    6   |       7         |8 .. 10|    11   |
  //
  // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1.
  enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F };
  enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 };
  enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 };
  enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 };
  enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 };
  enum {
    RegParmMask = ~(CallConvMask | NoReturnMask | ProducesResultMask |
                    NoCallerSavedRegsMask | NoCfCheckMask),
    RegParmOffset = 8
  }; // Assumed to be the last field
  uint16_t Bits = CC_C;

  ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {}

 public:
   // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you
   // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example).
   ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc,
           bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck) {
     assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value")(((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && \"Invalid regparm value\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 3553, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
     Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) |
            (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) |
            (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) |
            (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) |
            (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0);
  }

  // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a
  // function known to use defaults.
  ExtInfo() = default;

  // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part
  // of the canonical type.
  ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {}

  bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; }
  bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; }
  bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; }
  bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; }
  bool getHasRegParm() const { return (Bits >> RegParmOffset) != 0; }

  unsigned getRegParm() const {
    unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset;
    if (RegParm > 0)
      --RegParm;
    return RegParm;
  }

  CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); }

  bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const {
    return Bits == Other.Bits;
  }
  bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const {
    return Bits != Other.Bits;
  }

  // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use
  // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects.

  ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const {
    if (noReturn)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const {
    if (producesResult)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const {
    if (noCallerSavedRegs)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const {
    if (noCfCheck)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const {
    assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value")((RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RegParm < 7 && \"Invalid regparm value\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 3623, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) |
                   ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset));
  }

  ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const {
    return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc);
  }

  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
    ID.AddInteger(Bits);
  }
};

/// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an
/// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType
/// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types.
struct ExceptionType { QualType Type; };

/// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in
/// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the
/// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update
/// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here.
struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields {
  /// The number of types in the exception specification.
  /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to
  /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here.
  unsigned NumExceptionType;
};

3653protected:
FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res,
             QualType Canonical, bool Dependent,
             bool InstantiationDependent,
             bool VariablyModified, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack,
             ExtInfo Info)
    : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified,
           ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack),
      ResultType(res) {
  FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits;
}

Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const {
  return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals);
}

3669public:
QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; }

bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); }
unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); }

/// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn
/// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function
/// type.
bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); }

CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); }
ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); }

static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0,
              "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of "
              "the fast qualifiers.");

bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); }
bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); }
bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); }

/// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of
/// this type.
QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
  return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context);
}

static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto ||
         T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto;
}
3703};

3705/// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has
3706/// no information available about its arguments.
3707class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info)
    : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical,
                   /*Dependent=*/false, /*InstantiationDependent=*/false,
                   Result->isVariablyModifiedType(),
                   /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false, Info) {}

3716public:
// No additional state past what FunctionType provides.

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType,
                    ExtInfo Info) {
  Info.Profile(ID);
  ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto;
}
3735};

3737/// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g.
3738/// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'.  'void' is represented as having no
3739/// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have
3740/// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the
3741/// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of
3742/// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see
3743/// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType.
3744class FunctionProtoType final
  : public FunctionType,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode,
    private llvm::TrailingObjects<
        FunctionProtoType, QualType, SourceLocation,
        FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields, FunctionType::ExceptionType,
        Expr *, FunctionDecl *, FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend TrailingObjects;

// FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of
// which optional. They are in order:
//
// * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types.
//   Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType,
//   these will be the only trailing objects.
//
// * Optionally if the function is variadic, the SourceLocation of the
//   ellipsis.
//
// * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields
//   (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields):
//   a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if
//   hasExtraBitfields() is true.
//
// * Optionally exactly one of:
//   * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType,
//   * a single Expr *,
//   * a pair of FunctionDecl *,
//   * a single FunctionDecl *
//   used to store information about the various types of exception
//   specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details.
//
// * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding
//   an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and
//   only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true.
//
// * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't
//   be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only
//   if hasExtQualifiers() is true.
//
// The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data
// related to the exception specification since it contains the number
// of exception types.
//
// We put the ExtParameterInfos last.  If all were equal, it would make
// more sense to put these before the exception specification, because
// it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch
// required to skip the exception specification.  However, all is not
// equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features,
// and it's better not to burden the more common paths.

3796public:
/// Holds information about the various types of exception specification.
/// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is
/// used to group together the various bits of information about the
/// exception specification.
struct ExceptionSpecInfo {
  /// The kind of exception specification this is.
  ExceptionSpecificationType Type = EST_None;

  /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types.
  ArrayRef<QualType> Exceptions;

  /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification.
  Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr;

  /// The function whose exception specification this is, for
  /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated.
  FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr;

  /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated
  /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated.
  FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr;

  ExceptionSpecInfo() = default;

  ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) : Type(EST) {}
};

/// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not
/// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together
/// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype.
struct ExtProtoInfo {
  FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo;
  bool Variadic : 1;
  bool HasTrailingReturn : 1;
  Qualifiers TypeQuals;
  RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None;
  ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec;
  const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr;
  SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;

  ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {}

  ExtProtoInfo(CallingConv CC)
      : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {}

  ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) {
    ExtProtoInfo Result(*this);
    Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI;
    return Result;
  }
};

3849private:
unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const {
  return getNumParams();
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceLocation>) const {
  return isVariadic();
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const {
  return hasExtraBitfields();
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType;
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr;
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr;
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const {
  return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0;
}

/// Determine whether there are any argument types that
/// contain an unexpanded parameter pack.
static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray,
                                               unsigned numArgs) {
  for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx)
    if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
      return true;

  return false;
}

FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> params,
                  QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi);

/// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to
/// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind
/// of trailing objects related to the exception specification.
struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder {
  unsigned NumExceptionType;
  unsigned NumExprPtr;
  unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr;
};

/// Return the number and kind of trailing objects
/// related to the exception specification.
static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder
getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) {
  switch (EST) {
  case EST_None:
  case EST_DynamicNone:
  case EST_MSAny:
  case EST_BasicNoexcept:
  case EST_Unparsed:
  case EST_NoThrow:
    return {0, 0, 0};

  case EST_Dynamic:
    return {NumExceptions, 0, 0};

  case EST_DependentNoexcept:
  case EST_NoexceptFalse:
  case EST_NoexceptTrue:
    return {0, 1, 0};

  case EST_Uninstantiated:
    return {0, 0, 2};

  case EST_Unevaluated:
    return {0, 0, 1};
  }
  llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad exception specification kind"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 3928);
}

/// Return the number and kind of trailing objects
/// related to the exception specification.
ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions());
}

/// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present.
static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) {
  // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception
  // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields.
  return EST == EST_Dynamic;
}

/// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present.
bool hasExtraBitfields() const {
  return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType());
}

bool hasExtQualifiers() const {
  return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals;
}

3953public:
unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; }

QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const {
  assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")((i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")
 ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"invalid parameter index\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 3957, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return param_type_begin()[i];
}

ArrayRef<QualType> getParamTypes() const {
  return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end());
}

ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const {
  ExtProtoInfo EPI;
  EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo();
  EPI.Variadic = isVariadic();
  EPI.EllipsisLoc = getEllipsisLoc();
  EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn();
  EPI.ExceptionSpec = getExceptionSpecInfo();
  EPI.TypeQuals = getMethodQuals();
  EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier();
  EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull();
  return EPI;
}

/// Get the kind of exception specification on this function.
ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
  return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>(
      FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType);
}

/// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec.
bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; }

/// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec.
bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const {
  return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType());
}

/// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec.
bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const {
  return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType());
}

/// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec.
bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const;

/// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception
/// spec.
bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const;

/// Return all the available information about this type's exception spec.
ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpecInfo() const {
  ExceptionSpecInfo Result;
  Result.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
  if (Result.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
    Result.Exceptions = exceptions();
  } else if (isComputedNoexcept(Result.Type)) {
    Result.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr();
  } else if (Result.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) {
    Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl();
    Result.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate();
  } else if (Result.Type == EST_Unevaluated) {
    Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl();
  }
  return Result;
}

/// Return the number of types in the exception specification.
unsigned getNumExceptions() const {
  return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic
             ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>()
                   ->NumExceptionType
             : 0;
}

/// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions().
QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const {
  assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!")((i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumExceptions() && \"Invalid exception number!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4031, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return exception_begin()[i];
}

/// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer
/// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form).
Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const {
  if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType()))
    return nullptr;
  return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>();
}

/// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't
/// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because
/// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception
/// specification is represented by this type.
FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const {
  if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated &&
      getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated)
    return nullptr;
  return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0];
}

/// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception
/// specification, this is the function whose exception specification
/// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for
/// this type.
FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const {
  if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated)
    return nullptr;
  return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1];
}

/// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception
/// specification.
CanThrowResult canThrow() const;

/// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception
/// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns
/// \c ResultIfDependent.
bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const {
  return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot;
}

/// Whether this function prototype is variadic.
bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; }

SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const {
  return isVariadic() ? *getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>()
                      : SourceLocation();
}

/// Determines whether this function prototype contains a
/// parameter pack at the end.
///
/// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be
/// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic
/// function.
bool isTemplateVariadic() const;

/// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type.
bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; }

Qualifiers getMethodQuals() const {
  if (hasExtQualifiers())
    return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>();
  else
    return getFastTypeQuals();
}

/// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type.
RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const {
  return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier);
}

using param_type_iterator = const QualType *;
using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>;

param_type_range param_types() const {
  return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end());
}

param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const {
  return getTrailingObjects<QualType>();
}

param_type_iterator param_type_end() const {
  return param_type_begin() + getNumParams();
}

using exception_iterator = const QualType *;

ArrayRef<QualType> exceptions() const {
  return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end());
}

exception_iterator exception_begin() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>(
      getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>());
}

exception_iterator exception_end() const {
  return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions();
}

/// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters
/// of this function type?
bool hasExtParameterInfos() const {
  return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos;
}

ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo> getExtParameterInfos() const {
  assert(hasExtParameterInfos())((hasExtParameterInfos()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("hasExtParameterInfos()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4143, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(),
                                    getNumParams());
}

/// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter
/// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters
/// carry it.  This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos.
const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const {
  if (!hasExtParameterInfos())
    return nullptr;
  return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>();
}

ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4158, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
    return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I];
  return ExtParameterInfo();
}

ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4165, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
    return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI();
  return ParameterABI::Ordinary;
}

bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4172, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
    return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed();
  return false;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS,
                                 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result,
                    param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs,
                    const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context,
                    bool Canonical);
4193};

4195/// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped
4196/// typename using declaration, e.g.
4197///   using typename Base<T>::foo;
4198///
4199/// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type.
4200class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl;

UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D)
    : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(), true, true, false,
           /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
      Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl*>(D)) {}

4210public:
UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  return Profile(ID, Decl);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) {
  ID.AddPointer(D);
}
4228};

4230class TypedefType : public Type {
TypedefNameDecl *Decl;

4233protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType can)
    : Type(tc, can, can->isDependentType(),
           can->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           can->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
      Decl(const_cast<TypedefNameDecl*>(D)) {
  assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4242, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

4245public:
TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; }
4252};

4254/// Sugar type that represents a type that was qualified by a qualifier written
4255/// as a macro invocation.
4256class MacroQualifiedType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType UnderlyingTy;
const IdentifierInfo *MacroII;

MacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, QualType CanonTy,
                   const IdentifierInfo *MacroII)
    : Type(MacroQualified, CanonTy, UnderlyingTy->isDependentType(),
           UnderlyingTy->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           UnderlyingTy->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           UnderlyingTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      UnderlyingTy(UnderlyingTy), MacroII(MacroII) {
  assert(isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) &&((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4270, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.")((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4270, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

4273public:
const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; }
QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingTy; }

/// Return this attributed type's modified type with no qualifiers attached to
/// it.
QualType getModifiedType() const;

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == MacroQualified;
}
4287};

4289/// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension).
4290class TypeOfExprType : public Type {
Expr *TOExpr;

4293protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType());

4298public:
Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const;

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; }
4308};

4310/// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4311/// `typeof(expr)` types.
4312///
4313/// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4314/// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4315/// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes.
4316class DependentTypeOfExprType
: public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
const ASTContext &Context;

4320public:
DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E)
    : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    Expr *E);
4330};

4332/// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension.
4333class TypeOfType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType TOType;

TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can)
    : Type(TypeOf, can, T->isDependentType(),
           T->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           T->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           T->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      TOType(T) {
  assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4344, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

4347public:
QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); }

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const { return true; }

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; }
4357};

4359/// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11).
4360class DecltypeType : public Type {
Expr *E;
QualType UnderlyingType;

4364protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType());

4369public:
Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; }
QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const;

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; }
4380};

4382/// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4383/// decltype(expr) types.
4384///
4385/// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4386/// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4387/// of this class via DecltypeType nodes.
4388class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
const ASTContext &Context;

4391public:
DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    Expr *E);
4400};

4402/// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another.
4403class UnaryTransformType : public Type {
4404public:
enum UTTKind {
  EnumUnderlyingType
};

4409private:
/// The untransformed type.
QualType BaseType;

/// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType.
QualType UnderlyingType;

UTTKind UKind;

4418protected:
friend class ASTContext;

UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind,
                   QualType CanonicalTy);

4424public:
bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); }
QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; }

QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; }
QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }

UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform;
}
4436};

4438/// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4439/// __underlying_type(type) types.
4440///
4441/// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4442/// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4443/// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes.
4444class DependentUnaryTransformType : public UnaryTransformType,
                                  public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4446public:
DependentUnaryTransformType(const ASTContext &C, QualType BaseType,
                            UTTKind UKind);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType,
                    UTTKind UKind) {
  ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind);
}
4459};

4461class TagType : public Type {
friend class ASTReader;
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader;

/// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any
/// TagDecl that declares the entity.
TagDecl *decl;

4469protected:
TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can);

4472public:
TagDecl *getDecl() const;

/// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined.
bool isBeingDefined() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Enum || T->getTypeClass() == Record;
}
4481};

4483/// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast
4484/// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes.
4485class RecordType : public TagType {
4486protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D)
    : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}
explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D)
    : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}

4494public:
RecordDecl *getDecl() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl());
}

/// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field
/// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false.
bool hasConstFields() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; }
4507};

4509/// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast
4510/// to detect TagType objects of enums.
4511class EnumType : public TagType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D)
    : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}

4517public:
EnumDecl *getDecl() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl());
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; }
4526};

4528/// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied.
4529///
4530/// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed
4531/// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the
4532/// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type
4533/// which the type is canonically equivalent to.
4534///
4535/// For example, in the following attributed type:
4536///     int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16)))
4537///   - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t
4538///   - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t)
4539///   - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int)
4540class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4541public:
using Kind = attr::Kind;

4544private:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

QualType ModifiedType;
QualType EquivalentType;

AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified,
               QualType equivalent)
    : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->isDependentType(),
           equivalent->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           equivalent->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           equivalent->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) {
  AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind;
}

4560public:
Kind getAttrKind() const {
  return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind);
}

QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; }
QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); }

/// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier?
///
/// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for
/// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers.
/// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability,
/// address spaces, and ARC ownership.  The value of the object is still
/// largely described by the modified type.
///
/// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to
/// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any
/// formalizable way to the original type.  For example, calling convention
/// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers.
///
/// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical
/// type.
bool isQualifier() const;

bool isMSTypeSpec() const;

bool isCallingConv() const;

llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const;

/// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given
/// nullability kind.
static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind) {
  switch (kind) {
  case NullabilityKind::NonNull:
    return attr::TypeNonNull;

  case NullabilityKind::Nullable:
    return attr::TypeNullable;

  case NullabilityKind::Unspecified:
    return attr::TypeNullUnspecified;
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown nullability kind."
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4607);
}

/// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given
/// type, if it's there.
///
/// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an
/// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through
/// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed
/// to the underlying modified type.
///
/// \returns the top-level nullability, if present.
static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind,
                    QualType modified, QualType equivalent) {
  ID.AddInteger(attrKind);
  ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed;
}
4635};

4637class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

// Helper data collector for canonical types.
struct CanonicalTTPTInfo {
  unsigned Depth : 15;
  unsigned ParameterPack : 1;
  unsigned Index : 16;
};

union {
  // Info for the canonical type.
  CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo;

  // Info for the non-canonical type.
  TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl;
};

/// Build a non-canonical type.
TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon)
    : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon, /*Dependent=*/true,
           /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
           /*VariablyModified=*/false,
           Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {}

/// Build the canonical type.
TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP)
    : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0),
           /*Dependent=*/true,
           /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
           /*VariablyModified=*/false, PP) {
  CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D;
  CanTTPTInfo.Index = I;
  CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP;
}

const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const {
  QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal();
  return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo;
}

4679public:
unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; }
unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; }
bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; }

TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const {
  return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl;
}

IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth,
                    unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack,
                    TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) {
  ID.AddInteger(Depth);
  ID.AddInteger(Index);
  ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack);
  ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm;
}
4709};

4711/// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template
4712/// type parameter.
4713///
4714/// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have
4715/// been replaced with these.  They are used solely to record that a
4716/// type was originally written as a template type parameter;
4717/// therefore they are never canonical.
4718class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

// The original type parameter.
const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced;

SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon)
    : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->isDependentType(),
           Canon->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           Canon->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      Replaced(Param) {}

4731public:
/// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for.
const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const {
  return Replaced;
}

/// Gets the type that was substituted for the template
/// parameter.
QualType getReplacementType() const {
  return getCanonicalTypeInternal();
}

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced,
                    QualType Replacement) {
  ID.AddPointer(Replaced);
  ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm;
}
4760};

4762/// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template
4763/// type parameter pack.
4764///
4765/// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs
4766/// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template
4767/// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type
4768/// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack
4769/// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself
4770/// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into
4771/// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding
4772/// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType
4773/// at the current pack substitution index.
4774class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

/// The original type parameter.
const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced;

/// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this
/// parameter pack is instantiated with.
const TemplateArgument *Arguments;

SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param,
                              QualType Canon,
                              const TemplateArgument &ArgPack);

4788public:
IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); }

/// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for.
const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const {
  return Replaced;
}

unsigned getNumArgs() const {
  return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced,
                    const TemplateArgument &ArgPack);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack;
}
4813};

4815/// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by
4816/// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced
4817/// class template types, and (eventually) constrained type names from the C++
4818/// Concepts TS.
4819///
4820/// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before
4821/// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is
4822/// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In
4823/// the latter case, it is also a dependent type.
4824class DeducedType : public Type {
4825protected:
DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, bool IsDependent,
            bool IsInstantiationDependent, bool ContainsParameterPack)
    : Type(TC,
           // FIXME: Retain the sugared deduced type?
           DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0)
                                  : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType(),
           IsDependent, IsInstantiationDependent,
           /*VariablyModified=*/false, ContainsParameterPack) {
  if (!DeducedAsType.isNull()) {
    if (DeducedAsType->isDependentType())
      setDependent();
    if (DeducedAsType->isInstantiationDependentType())
      setInstantiationDependent();
    if (DeducedAsType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
      setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack();
  }
}

4844public:
bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); }
QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); }

/// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's
/// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type.
QualType getDeducedType() const {
  return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType();
}
bool isDeduced() const {
  return !isCanonicalUnqualified() || isDependentType();
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Auto ||
         T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization;
}
4861};

4863/// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type.
4864class AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword,
         bool IsDeducedAsDependent, bool IsDeducedAsPack)
    : DeducedType(Auto, DeducedAsType, IsDeducedAsDependent,
                  IsDeducedAsDependent, IsDeducedAsPack) {
  AutoTypeBits.Keyword = (unsigned)Keyword;
}

4874public:
bool isDecltypeAuto() const {
  return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto;
}

AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const {
  return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType(),
          containsUnexpandedParameterPack());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Deduced,
                    AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, bool IsDependent, bool IsPack) {
  ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger((unsigned)Keyword);
  ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent);
  ID.AddBoolean(IsPack);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Auto;
}
4899};

4901/// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type.
4902class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType,
                                        public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced.
TemplateName Template;

DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
                                  QualType DeducedAsType,
                                  bool IsDeducedAsDependent)
    : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType,
                  IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isDependent(),
                  IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isInstantiationDependent(),
                  Template.containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      Template(Template) {}

4918public:
/// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing.
TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template,
                    QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) {
  Template.Profile(ID);
  ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization;
}
4936};

4938/// Represents a type template specialization; the template
4939/// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template
4940/// template parameter.  A template which cannot be resolved to one of
4941/// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope
4942/// specifier, is instead represented as a
4943/// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType.
4944///
4945/// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar",
4946/// typically for a \c RecordType.  For example, a class template
4947/// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for
4948/// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>>
4949///
4950/// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or
4951/// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the
4952/// type may also be canonical.
4953///
4954/// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of
4955/// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the
4956/// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias
4957/// template.
4958class alignas(8) TemplateSpecializationType
  : public Type,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The name of the template being specialized.  This is
/// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a
/// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a
/// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a
/// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a
/// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the
/// replacement must, recursively, be one of these).
TemplateName Template;

TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T,
                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                           QualType Canon,
                           QualType Aliased);

4977public:
/// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent.
static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args,
                                          bool &InstantiationDependent);

static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &,
                                          bool &InstantiationDependent);

/// True if this template specialization type matches a current
/// instantiation in the context in which it is found.
bool isCurrentInstantiation() const {
  return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal());
}

/// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias
/// template that has been substituted.
///
/// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias
/// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when
/// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias
/// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g.,
///
/// \code
/// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S;
/// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>;
/// template<typename... Ts> struct X {
///   typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias
/// };
/// \endcode
bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; }

/// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias
/// template.
QualType getAliasedType() const {
  assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization")((isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isTypeAlias() && \"not a type alias template specialization\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5011, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end());
}

using iterator = const TemplateArgument *;

iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); }
iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h

/// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing.
TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; }

/// Retrieve the template arguments.
const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1);
}

/// Retrieve the number of template arguments.
unsigned getNumArgs() const {
  return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs;
}

/// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type.
/// \pre \c isArgType(Arg)
const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h

ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const {
  return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()};
}

bool isSugared() const {
  return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias();
}

QualType desugar() const {
  return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal();
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) {
  Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx);
  if (isTypeAlias())
    getAliasedType().Profile(ID);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T,
                    ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                    const ASTContext &Context);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization;
}
5062};

5064/// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>'
5065/// enclosing the template arguments.
5066void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
                             ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                             const PrintingPolicy &Policy);

5070void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
                             ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args,
                             const PrintingPolicy &Policy);

5074void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
                             const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
                             const PrintingPolicy &Policy);

5078/// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class
5079/// template partial specialization.  Used to record that a type was
5080/// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the
5081/// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType.
5082///
5083/// Injected class name types are always dependent.  Template
5084/// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes.
5085///
5086/// Injected class name types are always canonical.  This works
5087/// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type
5088/// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same
5089/// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template
5090/// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name
5091/// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated
5092/// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization
5093/// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate
5094/// according to the rules of the language).
5095class InjectedClassNameType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend class ASTNodeImporter;
friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not
                        // currently suitable for AST reading, too much
                        // interdependencies.
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader;

CXXRecordDecl *Decl;

/// The template specialization which this type represents.
/// For example, in
///   template <class T> class A { ... };
/// this is A<T>, whereas in
///   template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... };
/// this is A<B<X,Y> >.
///
/// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type,
/// and always dependent.
QualType InjectedType;

InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST)
    : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/true,
           /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
           /*VariablyModified=*/false,
           /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
      Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) {
  assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST))((isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)) ? static_cast<
void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5122, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(!TST.hasQualifiers())((!TST.hasQualifiers()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("!TST.hasQualifiers()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5123, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(TST->isDependentType())((TST->isDependentType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("TST->isDependentType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5124, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

5127public:
QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; }

const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const {
  return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr());
}

TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
  return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName();
}

CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName;
}
5146};

5148/// The kind of a tag type.
5149enum TagTypeKind {
/// The "struct" keyword.
TTK_Struct,

/// The "__interface" keyword.
TTK_Interface,

/// The "union" keyword.
TTK_Union,

/// The "class" keyword.
TTK_Class,

/// The "enum" keyword.
TTK_Enum
5164};

5166/// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or
5167/// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier.
5168enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword {
/// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Struct,

/// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Interface,

/// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Union,

/// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Class,

/// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Enum,

/// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g.,
/// \c typename T::type.
ETK_Typename,

/// No keyword precedes the qualified type name.
ETK_None
5190};

5192/// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword.
5193/// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class.
5194/// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing
5195/// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations.
5196class TypeWithKeyword : public Type {
5197protected:
TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc,
                QualType Canonical, bool Dependent,
                bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified,
                bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
    : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified,
           ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) {
  TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword;
}

5207public:
ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const {
  return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword);
}

/// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword.
static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec);

/// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind.
/// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here.
static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec);

/// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword.
static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag);

/// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind.
/// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword
/// which *isn't* a tag kind here.
static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);

static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);

static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);

static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) {
  return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind));
}

class CannotCastToThisType {};
static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *);
5237};

5239/// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type
5240/// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type,
5241/// or both.
5242///
5243/// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the
5244/// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers.
5245/// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written
5246/// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information.
5247class ElaboratedType final
  : public TypeWithKeyword,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode,
    private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
friend TrailingObjects;

/// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;

/// The type that this qualified name refers to.
QualType NamedType;

/// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored
/// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain
/// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none.

ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
               QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl)
    : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType,
                      NamedType->isDependentType(),
                      NamedType->isInstantiationDependentType(),
                      NamedType->isVariablyModifiedType(),
                      NamedType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) {
  ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false;
  if (OwnedTagDecl) {
    ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true;
    *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl;
  }
  assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&
 "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&
 "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "and name qualifier both null.")((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&
 "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

5282public:
/// Retrieve the qualification on this type.
NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }

/// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id.
QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); }

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const { return true; }

/// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this
/// type, or nullptr if there is none.
TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const {
  return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>()
                                            : nullptr;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType,
                    TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) {
  ID.AddInteger(Keyword);
  ID.AddPointer(NNS);
  NamedType.Profile(ID);
  ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; }
5316};

5318/// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is
5319/// dependent.
5320///
5321/// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a
5322/// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a
5323/// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a
5324/// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a
5325/// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we
5326/// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier).
5327/// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility
5328/// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until
5329/// instantiation.
5330class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;

/// The type that this typename specifier refers to.
const IdentifierInfo *Name;

DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
                  const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType)
    : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType, /*Dependent=*/true,
                      /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
                      /*VariablyModified=*/false,
                      NNS->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {}

5347public:
/// Retrieve the qualification on this type.
NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }

/// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier.
///
/// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the
/// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier,
/// e.g., "typename T::type".
const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const {
  return Name;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
  ID.AddInteger(Keyword);
  ID.AddPointer(NNS);
  ID.AddPointer(Name);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName;
}
5377};

5379/// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be
5380/// resolved, e.g.
5381///   A<T>::template B<T>
5382class alignas(8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType
  : public TypeWithKeyword,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;

/// The identifier of the template.
const IdentifierInfo *Name;

DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                                    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
                                    const IdentifierInfo *Name,
                                    ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                                    QualType Canon);

const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
}

TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() {
  return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
}

5407public:
NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }
const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; }

/// Retrieve the template arguments.
const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const {
  return getArgBuffer();
}

/// Retrieve the number of template arguments.
unsigned getNumArgs() const {
  return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs;
}

const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h

ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const {
  return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()};
}

using iterator = const TemplateArgument *;

iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); }
iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()});
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const ASTContext &Context,
                    ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                    NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
                    const IdentifierInfo *Name,
                    ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization;
}
5449};

5451/// Represents a pack expansion of types.
5452///
5453/// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack
5454/// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more
5455/// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion
5456/// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of
5457/// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the
5458/// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The
5459/// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded
5460/// parameter packs.
5461///
5462/// \code
5463/// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple;
5464///
5465/// template<typename ...Types>
5466/// struct tuple_of_references {
5467///   typedef tuple<Types&...> type;
5468/// };
5469/// \endcode
5470///
5471/// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a
5472/// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&.
5473class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The pattern of the pack expansion.
QualType Pattern;

PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon,
                  Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions)
    : Type(PackExpansion, Canon, /*Dependent=*/Pattern->isDependentType(),
           /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
           /*VariablyModified=*/Pattern->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
      Pattern(Pattern) {
  PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions =
      NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0;
}

5490public:
/// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the
/// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the
/// pack expansion itself.
QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; }

/// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will
/// generate, if known.
Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const {
  if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions)
    return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1;
  return None;
}

bool isSugared() const { return !Pattern->isDependentType(); }
QualType desugar() const { return isSugared() ? Pattern : QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern,
                    Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
  ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue());
  if (NumExpansions)
    ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion;
}
5522};

5524/// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can
5525/// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class.
5526template <class T>
5527class ObjCProtocolQualifiers {
5528protected:
ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default;

ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const {
  return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage();
}

ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage() {
  return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl();
}

void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) {
  static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N);
}

void initialize(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) {
  setNumProtocols(protocols.size());
  assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5546, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "bitfield overflow in protocol count")((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5546, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (!protocols.empty())
    memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(),
           protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*));
}

5552public:
using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *;
using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>;

qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); }
qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); }
qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); }

bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; }

/// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if
/// there are none.
unsigned getNumProtocols() const {
  return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl();
}

/// Fetch a protocol by index.
ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access")((I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumProtocols() && \"Out-of-range protocol access\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5570, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return qual_begin()[I];
}

/// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers.
ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> getProtocols() const {
  return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols());
}
5578};

5580/// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take
5581/// a list of protocols.
5582class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type,
                        public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>,
                        public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;
friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>;

/// The number of protocols stored on this type.
unsigned NumProtocols : 6;

ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl;

/// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the
/// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically
/// and uniqued.
ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl();

/// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type,
/// or 0 if there are none.
unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const {
  return NumProtocols;
}

void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) {
  NumProtocols = N;
}

ObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *D,
                  QualType can,
                  ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols);

5612public:
bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl,
                    ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols);

ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; }
5626};

5628/// Represents a class type in Objective C.
5629///
5630/// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of
5631/// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of
5632/// protocols.
5633///
5634/// Given the following declarations:
5635/// \code
5636///   \@class C<T>;
5637///   \@protocol P;
5638/// \endcode
5639///
5640/// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C.  It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType
5641/// with base C and no protocols.
5642///
5643/// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P].
5644/// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no
5645/// protocol list.
5646/// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*',
5647/// and protocol list [P].
5648///
5649/// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose
5650/// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType
5651/// and no protocols.
5652///
5653/// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType
5654/// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P].  Eventually
5655/// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source.
5656class ObjCObjectType : public Type,
                     public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> {
friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType>;

// ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored
// after the ObjCObjectPointerType node.
// ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored
// after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node.
//
// These protocols are those written directly on the type.  If
// protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need
// to get kindof complicated.
//
// In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically
// and uniqued.

/// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either.
QualType BaseType;

/// Cached superclass type.
mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool>
  CachedSuperClassType;

QualType *getTypeArgStorage();
const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const {
  return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage();
}

ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl();
/// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type,
/// or 0 if there are none.
unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const {
  return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols;
}
void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) {
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N;
}

5694protected:
enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface };

ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base,
               ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
               ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
               bool isKindOf);

ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface)
      : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), false, false, false, false),
        BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) {
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0;
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0;
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0;
}

void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const;

5712public:
/// Gets the base type of this object type.  This is always (possibly
/// sugar for) one of:
///  - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the
///    user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType)
///  - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat)
///  - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType)
QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }

bool isObjCId() const {
  return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId);
}

bool isObjCClass() const {
  return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
}

bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); }
bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); }
bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const {
  if (!qual_empty()) return false;
  if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>())
    return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId ||
           T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass;
  return false;
}
bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); }
bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); }

/// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type
/// really is an interface.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const;

/// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning
/// that it has type arguments.
bool isSpecialized() const;

/// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments.
bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const {
  return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0;
}

/// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning
/// that it has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); }

/// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as
/// written, meaning that it has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); }

/// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically).
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const;

/// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were
/// written.
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const {
  return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(),
                            ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs);
}

/// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written.
bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; }

/// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically).
bool isKindOfType() const;

/// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type.
///
/// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the
/// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a
/// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if
/// there is no superclass.
QualType getSuperClassType() const {
  if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt())
    computeSuperClassTypeSlow();

  assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?")((CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && \"Superclass not set?\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5788, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0);
}

/// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any
/// protocol qualifiers.
QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject ||
         T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface;
}
5803};

5805/// A class providing a concrete implementation
5806/// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of
5807/// ObjCInterfaceType.  Code outside of ASTContext and the core type
5808/// system should not reference this type.
5809class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

// If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage()
// will need to be modified.

ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base,
                   ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
                   ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
                   bool isKindOf)
    : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {}

5821public:
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    QualType Base,
                    ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
                    ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
                    bool isKindOf);
5828};

5830inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() {
return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1);
5832}

5834inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() {
  return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>(
           getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs);
5837}

5839inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() {
  return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>(
           static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1);
5842}

5844/// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design.
5845/// They basically correspond to C++ classes.  There are two kinds of interface
5846/// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which
5847/// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`.
5848///
5849/// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered
5850/// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType:
5851///   - There are no protocol qualifiers.  To reinforce this, code which
5852///     tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will
5853///     fail to compile.
5854///   - It is its own base type.  That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*,
5855///     T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0).
5856class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend class ASTReader;
friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader;

mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl;

ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D)
    : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface),
      Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {}

5868public:
/// Get the declaration of this interface.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface;
}

// Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this
// class.  People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are
// not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are
// guaranteed to have no protocols.
enum {
  qual_iterator,
  qual_begin,
  qual_end,
  getNumProtocols,
  getProtocol
};
5890};

5892inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const {
QualType baseType = getBaseType();
while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) {
  if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT))
    return T->getDecl();

  baseType = ObjT->getBaseType();
}

return nullptr;
5902}

5904/// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object.
5905///
5906/// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is
5907/// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one).  In addition, the 'id' and 'Class'
5908/// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>'
5909/// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these.
5910///
5911/// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes;
5912/// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation.
5913class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType PointeeType;

ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee)
    : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical,
           Pointee->isDependentType(),
           Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      PointeeType(Pointee) {}

5926public:
/// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer.
/// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof.
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

/// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer.  Always returns non-null.
///
/// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that
/// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this
/// type and the "outermost" object type.  So for:
/// \code
///   \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q;
///   typedef A<P> AP;
///   typedef A A1;
///   typedef A1<P> A1P;
///   typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ;
/// \endcode
/// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'.
/// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'.
/// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'.
/// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'.
/// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'.
/// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'.
/// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because
///   adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the
///   old qualifiers (for now).  But if it didn't, getObjectType()
///   would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over
///   qualifiers more complicated).
const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const {
  return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>();
}

/// If this pointer points to an Objective C
/// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface.  Any protocol
/// qualifiers on the interface are ignored.
///
/// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class'
const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const;

/// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface
/// type, gets the declaration for that interface.
///
/// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class'
ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const {
  return getObjectType()->getInterface();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if
/// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols.
bool isObjCIdType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type,
/// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols.
bool isObjCClassType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type,
bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of
/// protocols.
bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of
/// protocols.
bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass();
}

/// Whether this is a "__kindof" type.
bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); }

/// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments.
bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); }

/// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments.
bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const {
  return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten();
}

/// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); }

/// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as
/// written, meaning that it has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); }

/// Retrieve the type arguments for this type.
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const {
  return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs();
}

/// Retrieve the type arguments for this type.
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const {
  return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten();
}

/// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type.  Provided
/// for convenience.  This will always iterate over the full set of
/// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly.
using qual_iterator = ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator;
using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>;

qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); }

qual_iterator qual_begin() const {
  return getObjectType()->qual_begin();
}

qual_iterator qual_end() const {
  return getObjectType()->qual_end();
}

bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); }

/// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type.
unsigned getNumProtocols() const {
  return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols();
}

/// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type.
ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const {
  return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I);
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

/// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type.
///
/// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the
/// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a
/// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a
/// null type if there is no superclass.
QualType getSuperClassType() const;

/// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any
/// protocol qualifiers.
const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(
                               const ASTContext &ctx) const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) {
  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer;
}
6085};

6087class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType ValueType;

AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical)
    : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->isDependentType(),
           ValTy->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           ValTy->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           ValTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      ValueType(ValTy) {}

6099public:
/// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e.
/// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type.
QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getValueType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) {
  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic;
}
6118};

6120/// PipeType - OpenCL20.
6121class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType ElementType;
bool isRead;

PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead)
    : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->isDependentType(),
           elemType->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           elemType->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           elemType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {}

6134public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }

QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) {
  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(isRead);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe;
}

bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; }
6155};

6157/// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers.
6158class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers {
6159public:
QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {}

/// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an
/// unqualified type.  The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent
/// with those already in the type.
const Type *strip(QualType type) {
  addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers());
  if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
    return type.getTypePtrUnsafe();

  const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe();
  addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers());
  return extQuals->getBaseType();
}

/// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type.
QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const;

/// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type.
QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const;
6180};

6182/// A container of type source information.
6183///
6184/// A client can read the relevant info using TypeLoc wrappers, e.g:
6185/// @code
6186/// TypeLoc TL = TypeSourceInfo->getTypeLoc();
6187/// TL.getBeginLoc().print(OS, SrcMgr);
6188/// @endcode
6189class alignas(8) TypeSourceInfo {
// Contains a memory block after the class, used for type source information,
// allocated by ASTContext.
friend class ASTContext;

QualType Ty;

TypeSourceInfo(QualType ty) : Ty(ty) {}

6198public:
/// Return the type wrapped by this type source info.
QualType getType() const { return Ty; }

/// Return the TypeLoc wrapper for the type source info.
TypeLoc getTypeLoc() const; // implemented in TypeLoc.h

/// Override the type stored in this TypeSourceInfo. Use with caution!
void overrideType(QualType T) { Ty = T; }
6207};

6209// Inline function definitions.

6211inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const {
SplitQualType desugar =
  Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split();
desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals);
return desugar;
6216}

6218inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const {
return getCommonPtr()->BaseType;
6220}

6222inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const {
return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType);
6224}

6226inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const {
if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
  return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(),
                       Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers()));

const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe();
Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers();
qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs);
6235}

6237inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const {
Qualifiers Quals;
if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
  Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers();
Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
return Quals;
6243}

6245inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const {
Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers();
quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
return quals;
6249}

6251inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const {
unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers();
cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers();
return cvr;
6255}

6257inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const {
QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType;
return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
6260}

6262inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const {
return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified();
6264}

6266inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const {
if (!isCanonical()) return false;
if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false;

const Type *T = getTypePtr();
if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType())
  return false;

return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T);
6275}

6277inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const {
return isLocalConstQualified() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified();
6280}

6282inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const {
return isLocalRestrictQualified() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified();
6285}


6288inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const {
return isLocalVolatileQualified() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified();
6291}

6293inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const {
return hasLocalQualifiers() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers();
6296}

6298inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const {
if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers())
  return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0);

return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0);
6303}

6305inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const {
if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers())
  return split();

return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this);
6310}

6312inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() {
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
6314}

6316inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() {
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
6318}

6320inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() {
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
6322}

6324inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) {
assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && \"mask has non-CVR bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 6325, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask,
              "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!");

// Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers.
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask);
6331}

6333/// Check if this type has any address space qualifier.
6334inline bool QualType::hasAddressSpace() const {
return getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace();
6336}

6338/// Return the address space of this type.
6339inline LangAS QualType::getAddressSpace() const {
return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace();
6341}

6343/// Return the gc attribute of this type.
6344inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const {
return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr();
6346}

6348inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const {
if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl())
  return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(RD);
return false;
6352}

6354inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const {
if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl())
  return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(RD);
return false;
6358}

6360inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const {
if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl())
  return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(RD);
return false;
6364}

6366inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) {
if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) {
  if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>())
    return FT->getExtInfo();
} else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>())
  return FT->getExtInfo();

return FunctionType::ExtInfo();
6374}

6376inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) {
return getFunctionExtInfo(*t);
6378}

6380/// Determine whether this type is more
6381/// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int"
6382/// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and
6383/// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile
6384/// int".
6385inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const {
Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers();
Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers();
return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals));
6389}

6391/// Determine whether this type is at last
6392/// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile
6393/// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int",
6394/// "int", and "const volatile int".
6395inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const {
Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers();

// Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void.
if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType())
  OtherQuals.removeUnaligned();

return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals);
6403}

6405/// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const
6406/// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const
6407/// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used
6408/// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6:
6409///
6410///   If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2,
6411///   8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further
6412///   analysis, the expression designates the object or function
6413///   denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue.
6414inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const {
if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>())
  return RefType->getPointeeType();
else
  return *this;
6419}

6421inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const {
return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) ||
        getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6424}

6426/// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type.
6427///
6428/// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental].
6429inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const {
return isVoidType() ||
       isNullPtrType() ||
       // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an
       // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition.
       (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType());
6435}

6437/// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type.
6438///
6439/// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound].
6440inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const {
// C++0x [basic.compound]p1:
//   Compound types can be constructed in the following ways:
//    -- arrays of objects of a given type [...];
return isArrayType() ||
//    -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...];
       isFunctionType() ||
//    -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...];
       isPointerType() ||
//    -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...]
       isReferenceType() ||
//    -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...];
       isRecordType() ||
//    -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different
//               types at different times;
       isUnionType() ||
//    -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...];
       isEnumeralType() ||
//    -- pointers to non-static class members, [...].
       isMemberPointerType();
6460}

6462inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const {
return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType);
6464}

6466inline bool Type::isPointerType() const {
return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType);
22
←
Assuming field 'CanonicalType' is a 'PointerType'→
23
←
Returning the value 1, which participates in a condition later→
6468}

6470inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const {
return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType();
6472}

6474inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const {
return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6476}

6478inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const {
return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6480}

6482inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const {
return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6484}

6486inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const {
return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6488}

6490inline bool Type::isObjectPointerType() const {
// Note: an "object pointer type" is not the same thing as a pointer to an
// object type; rather, it is a pointer to an object type or a pointer to cv
// void.
if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>())
  return !T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType();
else
  return false;
6498}

6500inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>())
  return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType();
else
  return false;
6505}

6507inline bool Type::isFunctionReferenceType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<ReferenceType>())
  return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType();
else
  return false;
6512}

6514inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const {
return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6516}

6518inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>())
  return T->isMemberFunctionPointer();
else
  return false;
6523}

6525inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>())
  return T->isMemberDataPointer();
else
  return false;
6530}

6532inline bool Type::isArrayType() const {
return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6534}

6536inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const {
return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6538}

6540inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const {
return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6542}

6544inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const {
return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6546}

6548inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const {
return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6550}

6552inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const {
return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType);
6554}

6556inline bool Type::isRecordType() const {
return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType);
6558}

6560inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const {
return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType);
6562}

6564inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const {
return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType);
6566}

6568inline bool Type::isVectorType() const {
return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType);
6570}

6572inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const {
return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType);
6574}

6576inline bool Type::isDependentAddressSpaceType() const {
return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType);
6578}

6580inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const {
return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6582}

6584inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const {
return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType);
6586}

6588inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const {
return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) ||
  isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType);
6591}

6593inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const {
return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType);
6595}

6597inline bool Type::isUndeducedAutoType() const {
return isa<AutoType>(CanonicalType);
6599}

6601inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
  return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
return false;
6605}

6607inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
  return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType();
return false;
6611}

6613inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
  return OPT->isObjCIdType();
return false;
6617}

6619inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
  return OPT->isObjCClassType();
return false;
6623}

6625inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>())
  return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
return false;
6629}

6631inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const {
return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType();
6633}

6635inline bool Type::isDecltypeType() const {
return isa<DecltypeType>(this);
6637}

6639#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \
  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \
}
6643#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"

6645inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler);
6647}

6649inline bool Type::isEventT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent);
6651}

6653inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent);
6655}

6657inline bool Type::isQueueT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue);
6659}

6661inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID);
6663}

6665inline bool Type::isImageType() const {
6666#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() ||
return
6668#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
    false; // end boolean or operation
6670}

6672inline bool Type::isPipeType() const {
return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType);
6674}

6676#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \
inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \
  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \
}
6680#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"

6682inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const {
6683#define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \
isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() ||
return
6686#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
  false; // end of boolean or operation
6688}

6690inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const {
6691#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() ||
return
6693#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
  false; // end of boolean or operation
6695}

6697inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const {
return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() ||
       isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType();
6700}

6702inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const {
return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType);
6704}

6706inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const {
if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>())
  if (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K)
    return true;
return false;
6711}

6713inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
  return BT->isPlaceholderType();
return false;
6717}

6719inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
  if (BT->isPlaceholderType())
    return BT;
return nullptr;
6724}

6726inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const {
assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K))((BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)) ?
 static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 6727, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
  return (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K);
return false;
6731}

6733inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
  return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType();
return false;
6737}

6739inline bool Type::isVoidType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Void;
return false;
6743}

6745inline bool Type::isHalfType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half;
// FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not.
return false;
6750}

6752inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float16;
return false;
6756}

6758inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float128;
return false;
6762}

6764inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const {
if (const auto *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>())
  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::NullPtr;
return false;
6768}

6770bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *);
6771bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *);

6773inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128;
if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) {
  // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types.
  // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types.
  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) &&
    !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl());
}
return false;
6784}

6786inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract;
}
return false;
6792}

6794inline bool Type::isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const {
return isFixedPointType() || isIntegerType();
6796}

6798inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract;
}
return false;
6804}

6806inline bool Type::isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const {
return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType();
6808}

6810inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
  return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) ||
          (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) ||
          (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) ||
          (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract));
}
return false;
6822}

6824inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const {
return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType();
6826}

6828inline bool Type::isScalarType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr;
if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType))
  // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined.  Incomplete enums
  // are not treated as scalar types.
  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl());
return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6841}

6843inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128;

// Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an
// enumeration type in the sense required here.
if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType))
  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl());

return false;
6854}

6856inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool;
return false;
6860}

6862inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const {
auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType();
return DT && !DT->isDeduced();
6865}

6867/// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define
6868/// an overloaded operator.
6869inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const {
return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType();
6871}

6873/// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type.
6874inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const {
return isFunctionType() || isArrayType();
6876}

6878inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const {
return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() ||
        isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType());
6881}

6883inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const {
return isObjCObjectPointerType();
6885}

6887inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const {
const Type *type = this;
while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
  type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr();
return type;
6892}

6894inline const Type *Type::getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const {
const Type *type = this;
if (type->isAnyPointerType())
  return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
else if (type->isArrayType())
  return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
return type;
6901}
6902/// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending address spaces into
6903/// a diagnostic with <<.
6904inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
                                         LangAS AS) {
DB.AddTaggedVal(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<LangAS>>(AS),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_addrspace);
return DB;
6909}

6911/// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending adress
6912/// spaces into a diagnostic with <<.
6913inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
                                         LangAS AS) {
PD.AddTaggedVal(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<LangAS>>(AS),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_addrspace);
return PD;
6918}

6920/// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers into a
6921/// diagnostic with <<.
6922inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
                                         Qualifiers Q) {
DB.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual);
return DB;
6927}

6929/// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers
6930/// into a diagnostic with <<.
6931inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
                                         Qualifiers Q) {
PD.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual);
return PD;
6936}

6938/// Insertion operator for diagnostics.  This allows sending QualType's into a
6939/// diagnostic with <<.
6940inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
                                         QualType T) {
DB.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype);
return DB;
6945}

6947/// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics.  This allows sending QualType's
6948/// into a diagnostic with <<.
6949inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
                                         QualType T) {
PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype);
return PD;
6954}

6956// Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does
6957// not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type.
6958template <typename T>
6959using TypeIsArrayType =
  std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value ||
                                   std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>;

6963// Member-template getAs<specific type>'.
6964template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const {
static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value,
              "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!");

// If this is directly a T type, return it.
if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this))
  return Ty;

// If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType))
  return nullptr;

// If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without
// losing all typedef information.
return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
6979}

6981template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const {
static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!");

// If this is directly a T type, return it.
if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this))
  return Ty;

// If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType))
  return nullptr;

// Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the
// type.
const Type *Ty = this;
while (Ty) {
  if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty))
    Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty))
    Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty))
    Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty))
    Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *M = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty))
    Ty = M->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else
    break;
}

// Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>,
// since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type.
return dyn_cast<T>(Ty);
7013}

7015inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const {
// If this is directly an array type, return it.
if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this))
  return arr;

// If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))
  return nullptr;

// If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without
// losing all typedef information.
return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
7027}

7029template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const {
static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value,
              "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!");

if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty;
assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType))((isa<T>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void> (0) :
 __assert_fail ("isa<T>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 7034, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
7036}

7038inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const {
assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))((isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void>
 (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 7039, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr;
return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
7042}

7044DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr,
                       QualType CanonicalPtr)
  : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) {
7047#ifndef NDEBUG
QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType();
(void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted);
assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted))((isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)) ? static_cast<void>
 (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 7050, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
7051#endif
7052}

7054QualType DecayedType::getPointeeType() const {
QualType Decayed = getDecayedType();
(void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Decayed);
return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType();
7058}

7060// Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented
7061// as a scaled integer.
7062// TODO: At some point, we should change the arguments to instead just accept an
7063// APFixedPoint instead of APSInt and scale.
7064void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val,
                           unsigned Scale);

7067} // namespace clang

7069#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H